Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Project Manual - Phase 1A - June 1990
PROJECT MANUAL ADDITION TO AND RENOVATION • OF CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL - PHASE IA FOR CARMEL CLAY SCHOOLS CARMEL, INDIANA This Project Manual and drawings are hereby approved and adopted this 18th day of June, 1990 by Board of Education, the Superintendent of Schools, and the Attorney for the Carmel Clay Schools, Carmel, Indiana. BOARD OF EDUCATION Sue Richardson, President Philip N. Eskew, Jr., M.D., Vice President James C. Brocke, Secretary Sharon T. Terry, Member Jon R. Schmidtke, Ph.D., Member SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS Dr. Robert D. Hartman y*, ATTORNEY O Frank Campbell l�,A� �G o111111fnt% G'S'�?�•., °' EVERETT I. BROWN COMPANY No. ``) ' ARCHITECTS-ENGINEERS 950 NORTH MERIDIAN STREET, Suite 200 ©� INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA 46204 STATE OF .! • Scott R. Brown #20912 EIB #891-021 891-021 • SECTION 00001 TABLE OF CONTENTS Number of Pages ADMINISTRATION Title Sheet 1 00001 Table of Contents 3 00025 Invitation to Bidders 3 00100 Instructions to Bidders 6 00210 Wage Scale 9 00710 General Conditions of the Contract 30 00800 Supplementary General Conditions 1 00820 Wage Scale 1 00900 Soil Investigation Data 65 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005 Administrative Provisions 5 01011 Summary of Project 2 01021 Cash Allowances 2 01027 Payment Applications and Payment 3 01045 Cutting and Patching 3 01050 Field Engineering 1 01055 Work Layout 1 01210 Preconstruction Conferences 2 01220 Progress Meetings 2 01300 Submittals 3 01310 Progress Schedule 3 01400 Quality Control 3 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 6 01511 Temporary Electricity 2 01532 Tree and Plant Protection 2 01600 Material and Equipment 2 01700 Contract Closeout 3 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02060 Building Demolition 2 02061 Removals 1 02110 Site Clearing 2 02218 Landscape Grading 4 02225 Trenching 3 02226 Site Excavation, Filling and Compacting 4 02231 Granular Base Course 3 • 00001-1 891-021 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK • 02511 Crushed Stone Paving 2 02513 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 5 02514 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 6 02570 Exterior Concrete 6 02581 Roadway and Paving Marking 2 02666 Water Distribution Systems 7 02675 Disinfection of Water Distribution System 3 02710 Subdrainage Systems 3 02720 Storm Sewage Systems 7 02730 Sanitary Sewage Systems 5 02811 Underground Sprinkler System 12 02831 Chain Link Fences and Gates 6 02910 Soil Erosion Control 2 02936 Seeding 6 02938 Sodding 5 02950 Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover 8 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE - NOT USED DIVISION 4 - MASONRY - NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METAL 05521 Aluminum Railings 3 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS - NOT USED DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION - NOT USED DIVISION 8 - WINDOWS AND DOORS - NOT USED DIVISION 9 - FINISHES - NOT USED DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10305 Identifying Devices 3 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11481 Field Event Accessories 2 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15485 Natural Gas Systems - 4 • 00001-2 891-021 • DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 6 16111 Conduit 7 16120 Wires and Cables 2 16130 Boxes 3 16140 Wiring Devices 3 16170 Grounding and Bonding 1 16190 Supporting Devices 2 16195 Electrical Identification 2 16440 Disconnect Switches 2 16478 Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 2 16510 Lighting Fixtures 3 16530 Site Lighting 3 16540 Sports Lighting 3 END OF SECTION • 00001-3 891 -021 • SECTION 00025 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1.01 Sealed bids will be received by Carmel-Clay Schools, Carmel, Indiana (herein referred to as the "School Corporation") and the Carmel High School Building Corporation (herein referred to as the "Building Corporation") at the Educational Services Center, 5201 East 131st Street, Carmel, Indiana until 2:00 p.m. Local time, July 12, 1990 for ADDITIONS TO AND RENOVATION OF CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL, PHASE IA. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the above time and place. Bids received later than such hour will be returned unopened. 1.02 Complete and detailed drawings and specifications for this work, including but not limited to the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements are on file and may be examined at the following places: A. F. W. Dodge Division, Suite 199 6666 East 75th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46250 B. Construction League of Indianapolis, Inc. 3965 North Meridian Street, First Floor Indianapolis, Indiana 46208 C. Everett I. Brown Company 950 North Meridian Street, Suite 200 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 D. Carmel-Clay Schools 5201 East 131st Street Carmel, Indiana 46032 1.03 The successful bidder shall, upon acceptance of his bid, be required to procure and pay for a Contractor's Bond for Construction (Form 86A) in an amount equal to his contract price. In the case of the School Corporation, such bonds shall comply with all laws of the State of Indiana governing public contracts let by governmental units. Bids should be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Building Corporation and the School Corporation, with the name and place of business of the bidder and the contract number to which the bid relates on the envelope, all as more particularly set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. Bids submitted by mail should be addressed to the Superintendent of Schools, 5201 East 131st Street, Carmel, Indiana 46032. • 00025-1 891-021 1.04 Bids should be made on Indiana State Board of Accounts Form 96 • (Revised 1987) and should be accompanied by a Questionnaire of Experience and Financial Statement and an Indiana State Board of Accounts Form 96-A, and either by an acceptable certified or cashier's check or bid bond, executed by the bidder and an acceptable surety company, payable jointly and severally to the order of the Building Corporation and the School Corporation, as their respective interests may appear, in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total bid. 1.05 In the event any bidder withdraws his bid or fails to execute a satisfactory contract or contracts and furnish a satisfactory performance bond or bonds within ten (10) days after a contract or contracts has been awarded to such bidder by the Building Corporation or School Corporation, said Building Corporation or School Corporation may declare his certified check or cashier's check or bid bond forfeited to said Building Corporation or School Corporation, as liquidated damages. 1.06 The School Corporation reserves the right to assign all or part of any of the bids. 1.07 All contracts awarded by either the Building Corporation or the School Corporation shall be conditioned upon and subject to the sale, by the Building Corporation, of its securities in an amount sufficient to cover the cost of the contracts executed by the Building Corporation, plus incidental expenses of the Building Corporation in connection with such work and such sale. The Building Corporation shall use its best efforts to sell such securities, but upon its failure to do so or upon its determination that such securities cannot be sold, the Building Corporation and the School Corporation may cancel all such contracts without liability. In the event such sale of securities is not completed on or before December 3, 1990, after the award of any contract, any Contractor may cancel his contract, without liability, by written notice. Such cancellation shall be effective 10 days after written notice to the Building Corporation and to the School Corporation at the Educational Services Center, 5201 East 131st Street, Carmel, Indiana 46032 and received by same. 1.08 All Contracts awarded will be conditioned upon and subject to completion of financing by the School Corporation and/or the Building Corporation in an amount sufficient to cover the cost of construction, plus all incidental expenses, and will be subject to termination, without penalty or liability, at the option of the Building Corporation or the School Corporation at any time after the date of execution, in the event the corporations shall determine that financing cannot be • 00025-2 891 -021 • completed. The School Corporation and the Building Corporation are cognizant of the time limitation for awarding contracts and giving notice to proceed pursuant to IC 5-16-2-1.5. However, due to the time requirements anticipated for obtaining approvals of appropriate public agencies, leasing the project, the sale and delivery of bonds to finance the project, and other required procedures, it is anticipated that the contract cannot be finally executed and notice to proceed be given until 120 days following the opening of the bids. Accordingly, bidders should be prepared to grant an appropriate extension of time pursuant to IC 5-16-2-1.5. at the time of making the tentative award to the lowest and best bidder as determined by the School Corporation and the Building Corporation. 1.09 The School Corporation and the Building Corporation shall have the right: A. to accept any bid within 60 days after the time of opening of the bids, during which time no bids shall be withdrawn. B. at any time to reject any and all bids; and C. to waive all formalities or irregularities in the bidding. 1.10 Contractors will be required to complete their work within a certain specified period as provided in SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS of the specifications. Dated: June 19, 1990 By: James C. Brocke Secretary of Its Board of Education By: Colleen Kaminski Secretary of Its Board of Directors END OF SECTION S 00025-3 891 -021 • SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 Sealed proposals for Additions to and Renovation of Carmel High School, Phase IA, will be received by the Carmel-Clay Schools (herein referred to as the School Corporation), and the Carmel High School Building Corporation (herein referred to as the Building Corporation), at the time and place mentioned in the published legal Invitation to Bidders, at which time and place all bids will be opened and publicly read aloud. Any bids received after the designated time will be returned unopened. 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The work on this project shall be performed in accordance with the drawings and specifications prepared by the Everett I. Brown Company, 950 North Meridian Street, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204. B. All work shall be performed in accordance with the contract. documents. C. Drawings and specifications for said projects are on file and may be examined at the following locations: 1. F. W. Dodge Division, Suite 199 6666 East 75th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46250 2. Construction League of Indianapolis, Inc. 3965 North Meridian Street, First Floor Indianapolis, Indiana 46208 3. Everett I. Brown Company 950 North Meridian Street, Suite 200 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204 4. Carmel Clay Schools 5201 East 131 st Street Carmel, Indiana 46032 D. Copies of the drawings and specifications may be obtained from the office of the Architect. 1.03 CORRESPONDENCE: Correspondence between the Contractor and the Everett I. Brown Company shall be directed from the Contractor to the Everett I. Brown Company without reference to an individual. Letter writing to an individual sometimes might be delayed a week or so until said individual returns to this office. Elimination of personal • addressees will expedite an early answer. 00100-1 891 -021 1.04 CONTRACT DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION • A. Bidders requesting drawing or specification interpretation from the Architect during the bidding period should contact the persons named below at the Architect's office at number listed below for appropriate category Division 0, 1 Jerry Ludlow (317) 237-7180 Civil Daryl Hoffman (317) 237-7159 Landscape Laura Myles (317) 237-7158 Electrical Ralph Power (317) 237-7060 Mechanical Mike Wright (317) 237-7154 1.05 PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS: Proposals shall be submitted on General Form No. 96 (Revised 1987), prescribed by the Indiana State Board of Accounts (Bid Form). A. Indication of Amounts: 1. Each proposal shall have the amount written with ink or type-written in words and figures. Should there be any discrepancies between the words and figures indicating any, amount in the proposal, the amount written in words shall be taken as the correct amount. 2. Any bid may be rejected if it contains any alterations or erasures. B. Requirements for Signing Bids: 1. Any bid not signed by the individual making same shall have attached to it a Power of Attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid in the name of the person for whom it is signed. 2. A bid signed for a partnership shall be signed by one of the partners, or by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the bid a power of attorney, evidencing authority to sign the bid, executed by the partners. 3. Bids which are submitted by a corporation shall have the correct name thereof and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of the corporation and secretary or an assistant secretary manually written below the corporate name following the word "by ", and shall have affixed the corporate seal. • 00100-2 891-021 • C. Bond: 1. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond or check as provided in Acts 1969, Chapter 483, payable jointly and severally to the order of the Building Corporation and the School Corporation as their respective interests may appear, in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total bids. 2. In the event any bidder withdraws his bid or fails to execute a satisfactory contract or contracts and furnish a satisfactory performance bond or bonds within ten (10) days after a contract or contracts has been awarded to such a bidder by the Building Corporation or School Corporation, said Building Corporation or School Corporation may declare his certified check or cashier's check or bid bond forfeited to said Building Corporation or School Corporation as liquidated damages. D. Financial Statement: 1. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a Financial Statement. E. Non-Collusion Affidavit: 1. Each bidder shall furnish with his bid an affidavit that such bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into a combination, undertaking, collusion, or agreement with any other bidder or prospective bidder, or with any officer or members of the Building Corporation or the School Corporation which tends to or does lessen or destroy free competition in the letting of contracts sought for by these Instructions to Bidders. F. Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope, properly marked with the name and place of business of the bidder, and the contract number for which the bid is submitted. 1.06 AWARD OF CONTRACT A. When Award is Effectual: The contract shall be deemed to have been awarded when notice of award shall have been duly served upon the awardee (i.e., the bidder or bidders to whom the Building Corporation or the School Corporation contemplates awarding the contract or contracts) by some officer or agent of the Building Corporation or the School Corporation duly authorized to give such notice. • 00100-3 891 -021 B. Withdrawal of Bids: • 1. Any bidder may withdraw his bid at any time prior to the scheduled time for receipt and opening of bids. 2. No bid shall be withdrawn after the opening of bids without the consent of the Building Corporation or the School Corporation for a period of 60 days after said opening. 1.07 REJECTION OF BIDS: The Building Corporation or the School Corporation reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any formalities in the bidding. 1.08 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS: A complete list of all proposed subcontractors and material companies for each and every item to be used to fulfill the contract requirements is to be submitted to the Architect for approval after receipt of construction bids from each prime contractor so notified to submit same by the Architect. Said list, upon approval, is to be filed with the Owner and shall not be changed except by an approved Change Order or by the substitution of a supplier or subcontractor on account of his violation of one of the articles of these specifications. A. The Architect will receive the complete subcontractor and materials list proposed by the Contractor by telephone no later than 10:00 a.m. on the day following the bidding. Said list shall be confirmed in writing within forty-eight (48) hours thereafter. 1.09 QUESTION AND ANSWER PERIOD A. A question and answer period will be held prior to the bid date at a time, date, and place to be announced later. All bidders, both prime and subcontractors, are urged to attend for the purpose of clarifying the meaning and intent of the drawings and specifications. B. Minutes of the question and answer period and instructions and interpretations by the Architect and Owner will be distributed to all bidders by mail. Said minutes, instructions, and interpretations shall be a part of the contract documents and shall have the same force as if they were incorporated therein. 1.10 CONTRACT AWARD AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK: Low bidders will be determined on the basis of bids as requested by the Instructions to Bidders. Successful contractors will be required to separate the price for renovation work from the price for new work in order that contracts may be awarded and renovation construction commence immediately after receipt of bids. • 00100-4 891-021 • 1.11 INDIANA STATE GROSS RETAIL AND USE TAX: This statement shall apply to all Contractors bidding any division of work in anticipation of a direct contract with the the Building Corporation or the School Corporation. For ease of reference such Contractor shall be called a "Prime Contractor", and the the Building Corporation or the School Corporation shall be called the "Owner". A. All bids shall be submitted without inclusion in the bid price for the amounts, if any, of Gross Retail and Use Tax (generally called the "Sales Tax" and adopted in the 1963 Special Session of the Indiana General Assembly as House Enrolled Act 1226, Sections 1 -20) due the State of Indiana for services performed or material furnished in connection with the work contemplated by the Bidding. This provision shall apply both to transactions between the Owner and the Prime Contractor and to transactions between the Prime Contractor and any subcontractor or supplier furnishing service or material to the Prime Contractor. However, any tax on rented equipment and on material not incorporated in the work shall be paid by the Contractor if assessed by the State of Indiana and shall not be paid by the Owner. B. The Owner shall pay the amount of such tax, if any, with the exceptions noted above in Paragraph A above, in addition to the contract price. Such amounts of tax shall be separately itemized in all statements. The Owner shall have the right to contest the tax with the State of Indiana. The Prime Contractor shall provide any exemption certificates permitted or required by such statute. 1.12 METHOD OF BIDDING A. Each Contractor bidding on this work shall also include and incorporate within said bid or proposals all of the requirements and instructions set forth in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, GENERAL CONDITIONS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and further including all addenda to the bidding documents that are published prior to the hour on the date set forth for submitting bids. B. Each bidder shall set forth a separate amount for each contract bid upon. The division of the work into Contractor Name and Contract Number with their respective alternates are as tabulated below : • 00100-5 • CONTRACT ALTERNATE SPECIFICATION BID NO NAME NUMBER SECTION AMOUNT 1 Earthwork and Grading 02061, 02110, 02218, 02226, 02910 $ 2 General 02060, 02231 , 02511, 02514, 02570,05521, 10350, 11481 $ 3 Paving 02231, 02513, 02581 $ 4 Mechanical 02225, 02666, 02675, 02710, 02720, 02730, 15485 $ 5 Electrical 01511, 02225, 16010, 16111, 16120, 16130, 16140, 16170, 16190, 16195, 16440, 16478, 16510, 16530, 16540 $ 6 Landscape 02936, 02938, 02950 7 Fencing 02831 8 Irrigation 02225, 02811 END OF SECTION • 00100-6 891-021 • Form No.96(Revised 1987) BID OF (Contractor Name) (Address) FOR PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS OF ADDITION TO AND RENOVATION OF CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL, PHASE 1A FOR CARMEL CLAY SCHOOLS, CARMEL, INDIANA FILED 19 Action taken • Bid-1 891-021 Form No.96(Revised 1987) • CONTRACTORS BID FOR PUBLIC WORKS PART I (To be completed for all bids) (Please type or print) Date: 1. Owner's Name: Carmel Clay Schools, Carmel, Indiana 2. County: Hamilton 3. Bidder (Firm): Address: City/State: 4. Telephone Number: 5. Agent of Bidder (If applicable): 6. EIB Project Number: 891-120 7. Acknowledgement of Addenda: (Addenda Number) Pursuant to notices given, the undersigned offers to furnish labor and/or necessary material necessary to complete the construction work for (Contract Number and Name) for the public works project, Addition to and Renovation of Carmel High School - Phase 1A for Carmel Clay Schools, Carmel. Indiana in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by the Everett I. Brown Company for the sum of (Words) ($ ), or as tabulated on the following page. (Numerals) The undersigned further agrees to furnish a bond or certified check with this bid for an amount specified in the notice of the letting. If alternative bids apply, submit a proposal for each in accordance with the notice. • Bid-2 891-021 • Contract Amount Alternates Number(s) (Words) (Numerals) Number Amount • Bid-3 891-021 • CONTRACTOR'S VOLUNTARY ALTERNATE(S): Description Number Amount If additional units of material included in the contract are needed, the cost of units must be the same as that shown in the original contract. If the bid is to be awarded on a unit basis, the itemization of units shall be shown on a separate attachment. The Contractor and his subcontractors, if any, shall not discriminate against or intimidate any employee, or applicant for employment, to be employed in the performance of this contract, with respect to any matter directly or indirectly related to employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin or ancestry. Breach of this covenant may be regarded as a material breach of the contract. S Bid-4 891-021 • CERTIFICATE OF USE OF UNITED STATES STEEL PRODUCTS (If applicable) I, the undersigned bidder or agent as a contractor on a public works project, understand my statutory obligation to use steel products made in the United States, I.C. 5-16-8-2. I hereby certify that I and all subcontractors employed by me for this project will use U.S. Steel Products on this project if awarded. I understand that violations hereunder may result in forfeiture of contractual payments. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The undersigned bidder or agent, being duly sworn on oath, says that he has not, nor has any other member, representative, or agent of the firm, corporation or partnership represented by him, entered into any combination, collusion or agreement with any person relative to the price to be bid by anyone at such letting nor to prevent any person from bidding nor to induce anyone to refrain from bidding, and that this bid is made without reference to any other bid and without any agreement, understanding or combination with any other person in reference to such bidding. He further says that no person or persons, firms, or corporation has, have or will receive directly or indirectly, any rebate, fee, gift, commission or thing of value on account of such sale. OATH AND AFFIRMATION I affirm under the penalties of perjury that the foregoing facts and information are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. Dated at this day of 19 (Name of Organization) By (Title of Person Signing) • Bid-5 891-021 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT • STATE OF SS: COUNTY OF being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the above (Title) (Name of Organization) and that the statements contained in the foregoing bid, certification and affidavit are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 19 Notary Public • My Commission Expires: County of Residence: ACCEPTANCE The above bid is accepted this day of , 19 subject to the following conditions: Contracting Authority Members: • PART II (COMPLETE SECTIONS I, II, III and IV for all state and local public works projects as required by statutes.) 1. Owner Name: Carmel Clay Schools Carmel, Indiana 2. Bidder (Firm): 3. Date: These statements to be submitted under oath by each bidder with and as a part of his 1111 bid. Attach additional pages for each section as needed. Bid-6 891-021 • SECTION I EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE 1. What public works projects has your organization completed? Contract Amount Class of Work When Completed Name and Address of Owner 2. What public works projects has your organization now in process of construction? Contract Amount Class of Work When to be Completed Name and Address of Owner 3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 4. List references from private firms for which you have performed work. • Bid-7 891-021 SECTION II PLAN AND EQUIPMENT QUESTIONNAIRE • 1. Explain your plan or layout for performing proposed work. 2. If you intend to sublet any portion of the work, state the name and address of each subcontractor, equipment to be used by the subcontractor, and whether you expect to require a bond. 3. What equipment do you intend to use for the proposed project? 4. Have you made contracts or received offers for all materials within prices used in preparing your proposal? SECTION III CONTRACTOR'S FINANCIAL STATEMENT Attachment of bidders' financial statement is mandatory. Any bid submitted without said financial statement as required by statute shall thereby be rendered invalid. The financial statement provided hereunder to the governing body awarding the contract must be specific enough in detail so that said governing body can make a proper • determination of the bidders' capability for completing the project if awarded. Bid-8 891-021 • SECTION IV OATH AND AFFIRMATION I hereby affirm under the penalties of perjury that the facts and information contained in the foregoing bid for public works are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. Dated at this day of 19 (Name of Organization) By (Title of Person Signing) ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF SS: COUNTY OF being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the above (Title) (Name of Organization) and that the statements contained in the foregoing bid, certification and affidavit are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public My Commission Expires: County of Residence: S Bid-9 891 -021 • SECTION 00710 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. The Contract Documents consist of the Contract Agreement, Performance Bond, any addenda issued prior to bid opening, Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Technical Specifications and Drawings, including all modifications thereof incorporated in the documents before their execution. These form the Contract. B. The Owner, the Contractor and the Architect are those mentioned as such in the agreement. They are treated throughout the Contract Documents as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender. "Owner" Carmel-Clay Schools Carmel, Indiana "Contractor" A firm, corporation, partnership, or individual with whom the Owner makes a direct contract for the construction of all or any portion of the project. "Architect" Everett I. Brown Company, who has been employed by the Owner as Architects-Engineers for this Project. C. Subcontractor: A firm, corporation, partnership or individual, other than employees of a Contractor, with whom a Contractor or Subcontractor makes a contract to furnish labor or material, or service in connection with the project. D. To obtain brevity, words such as "The Contractor shall", "The Contractor will", "Furnish all labor and material necessary to install" and similar phrases generally have been omitted from these specifications. Where the word "Provide" appears, it shall be taken and interpreted to mean "The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment and accessory appurtenances or materials necessary to install E. The words "Contractor shall" are implied and shall be so understood wherever a direction or instruction is stated in the imperative mood and wherever the direction "Provide" is used. • 00710-1 891 -021 F. The words "Approved", "Equal to", "As directed", etc., are interpreted • and will be taken to mean "To the satisfaction of the Architect". G. The term "Substantial Completion" shall be taken to mean the stage in progress of construction of the project at which the Owner may occupy the premises without unduly interfering with the Contractor's performance of work still to be completed. H. The term "work" of the Contractor or a Subcontractor includes all labor and materials or both; and the equipment, transportation and services incidental to its complete performance. I. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 1.02 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall be signed in duplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. In case the Owner and Contractor fail to sign the General Conditions, Drawings, or Specifications, the Architect shall identify them as complementary to the Contract. B. Correlations of Documents: Drawings and Specifications are cooperative and supplementary. Portions of the work which can best be illustrated by the drawings are not included in the Specifications and portions best described by Specifications are not depicted on the drawings. It is the intention of the Contract Documents to include all labor, materials and services necessary for proper and complete construction of this project. C. In case of disagreement between drawings and specifications or within either document itself, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be estimated and the matter drawn to the Architect's attention for decision or adjustment. 1.03 DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS The Architect shall furnish with reasonable promptness, additional instructions by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the work. All such drawings and instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents, shall be true developments thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. The work shall be executed to conformity therewith and the Contractor shall do no work without proper drawings and instructions. • 00710-2 891 -021 . Immediately after being awarded the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare an estimated Progress Schedule and submit it for Architect's approval. It shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction. 1.04 COPIES FURNISHED The Architect will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. 1.05 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THE WORK The Contractor shall keep one copy of all drawings and specifications on the work, in good order, available to the Architect and to his representative. 1.06 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Architect are his property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the signed contract set, are to be returned to him on request at the completion of the work. 1.07 MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EMPLOYEES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall not employ on the work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him. • 00710-3 891 -021 1.08 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS • The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees necessary for prosecution of the work. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringements of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Architect harmless from loss on account thereof. The Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, unless the Contractor has information that the article specified is an infringement of a patent in which event the Contractor shall be responsible for any such loss unless the Contractor gives such information to the Owner and Architect prior to the Contractor's commencement of work. 1.09 SURVEYS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The Contractor shall furnish all additional surveys needed, subject to the approval of the Architect, other than those set forth on the Contract Drawings. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work, including all building or construction permits, shall be secured and paid for by the General Contractor for all work not involving the mechanical, electrical or plumbing trades. All other required permits shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor performing the work. The Mechanical or Electrical Contractors shall process with the appropriate authorities all required utility connection applications. The Mechanical or Electrical Contractors shall pay any required connection fees for work under their contracts to fully complete same. Zoning permits, licenses, and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the drawings and specifications are at variance therewith, in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall assume full responsibility therefore and bear all cost arising therefrom. • 00710-4 891-021 • Each Contractor shall arrange for all inspections and tests required by State, City, or other authorities having lawful jurisdiction. The Owner will pay all inspection and test fees only incurred for same. All building construction work and all mechanical and electrical installations and appliances connected therewith shall comply with all State and Municipal Laws and Regulations, and with all local ordinances and rules pertaining to this work. Such laws, regulations, ordinances and rules shall be considered to be part of these specifications. Each and every Contractor and Subcontractor performing work at the site of the project to which this contract relates shall comply with applicable provisions of all pertinent Federal, State or Local Labor laws. 1.10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all of his work from damage and shall protect the Owner's property from injury or loss arising in connection with the Contract. He shall make good any such damage, injury or loss, except such as may be directly due to errors in the Contract Documents or caused by agents or employees of the Owner, or due to causes beyond the Contractor's control and not to his fault or negligence. He shall adequately protect adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State, and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. He shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workmen and the public and shall post danger signs warning against the hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings, stairways and falling materials. The Contractor shall provide all barricades, scaffolding, and other means of protection as may be required to comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act, State Laws and Municipal Ordinances, and to adequately safeguard property and persons. The enforcement of all of the above is the definite responsibility of the Contractor and he shall make every effort and safeguard to ascertain compliance with all of said rules and regulations. • 00710-5 891 -021 In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of • adjoining property, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Architect and Owner, is hereby permitted to act, at his discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury; and he shall act, without appeal, if so authorized or instructed. Any compensation, claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work, shall be determined by agreement. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage, injury or loss to other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 1.11 ACCESS TO WORK The Architect and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work wherever it is in preparation or progress and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and so that the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract Documents. If the Specifications, the Architect's instruction, laws, ordinances or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness for observation by the Architect or inspection by another authority, and if the inspection is by another authority, of the date fixed for such inspection, required certificates of inspection being secured by the Contractor. Observations by the Architect shall be promptly made and where practicable at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without approval or consent of the Architect, it must, if required by the Architect, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Architect, and if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost unless it be found that the defect in the work was caused by a Contractor employed as provided in Article 24, and in this event Contractor responsible shall pay such cost. • 00710-6 891 -021 • 1.12 SUPERINTENDENCE AND SUPERVISION The Contractor shall keep on his work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Architect. The superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Architect, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important directions shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. The Architect shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the superintendents or his assistants. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work, using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and compare all Drawings, Specifications and other instructions and shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission which he may discover. 1.13 CHANGES IN THE WORK The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from the work, the Contract Sum being adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the original contract except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. In giving instructions, the Architect shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not involving extra cost, and not inconsistent with the purposes of the building, installation or repair, but otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or property, no extra work or change shall be made unless in pursuance of a written order from the Owner, countersigned by the Architect, and no claim or addition to the Contract Sum shall be valid unless so ordered. The value of any such extra work or change shall be determined as set forth elsewhere in these General Conditions under the heading entitled "Additional Work". Should conditions encountered below the surface of the ground be at variance with the conditions indicated by the drawings and specifications, the Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted upon claim by either party made within a reasonable time after the first observation of the conditions. 00710-7 891 -021 1.14 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST • If the Contractor claims that any instructions by drawings or otherwise involve extra cost under this contract, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the receipt of such instructions, and in any event before proceeding to execute the work, except in an emergency, endangering life or property, and the procedure shall then be as provided for in changes in the work. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. 1.15 MATERIALS Specific materials or products have been specified under certain items to describe the effect or standard of quality desired. Generally, where the words "or equal" appear, a product of another manufacturer will be acceptable, if approved in writing by the Architect. Prior to signing contract, the successful bidder shall present a complete list of all materials, manufacturers and subcontractors he proposes to use to the Architect for the Architect's approval. Where manufacturers or products are named in the specifications without the qualification "or equal", selection of materials shall be confined to the manufacturers or products named. Any request for approval of a material or item of equipment as equal to that specified shall be accompanied by data adequate to establish such equality and by a citation of several situations wherein the substituted material has been successfully used. Any item submitted as a substitute shall comply in all respects with the specifications and/or catalog descriptions of manufacturers of items or materials specified by name or catalog number. Architect's decision as to equality or relative merit shall be final. Contractor shall furnish special guarantees, warranting qualities of substituted items. Voluntary Alternates: The Owner encourages the receipt of reasonable and valid voluntary alternates as a part of the bidding process. Each voluntary alternate will be evaluated as to its merits by the Architect and a recommendation will then be made to the Owner. The Owner will make the final decision as to acceptance or rejection of the voluntary alternate. As a result, voluntary alternates may affect which firm is the lowest and best bidder. The Owner may or may not read aloud the voluntary alternates at the bid opening. 00710-8 891-021 • The Architect encourages prior knowledge of an intent by a bidder to submit a voluntary alternate. All materials are subject to approval by the Architect both before and after incorporation in the building. All condemned material or work shall be removed from the premises. Whenever possible without prejudice to price, quality or other considerations, local sources of labor, materials, and services shall be given preference. Reference to Standards: Where materials or devices are specified in these documents by reference to Government, Manufacturer's Association or Professional Society Standards, the pertinent sections of the latest edition of such standards shall have the same force and effect as if set forth in full in these specifications. 1.16 DEDUCTION FOR UNCORRECTED WORK If the Architect and Owner deem it inexpedient to correct work injured or done not in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the contract price shall be made therefor. 1.17 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work condemned by the Architect as failing to conform to the Contract, whether incorporated or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his own work in accordance with the Contract and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the Owner may remove it and may store the material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal within ten days time thereafter, the owner may, upon ten days written notice, sell such materials at auction, or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been borne by the Contractor. • 00710-9 891 -021 1.18 CORRECTION OF THE WORK AFTER COMPLETION • The Contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of the check for final payment, and in accordance with the terms of any special guarantees provided in the Contract. The Owner shall have notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. All questions arising under this Article shall be decided by the Architect, notwithstanding final payment. 1.19 THE OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any provision of this contract, the Owner, after three days written notice to the Contractor, may without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor, provided, however, that the Architect shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Contractor. 1.20 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Architect, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract, then the Owner, upon the certificate of the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other remedy or right and after giving the Contractor, and his surety if any, seven days written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient, including but not limited to the awarding of a cost plus contract. If the Owner so terminates the employment of the Contractor, the Owner shall be entitled to a distribution from the Escrow Agent of retained funds held in escrow, including accrued interest thereon, pursuant to the terms of the escrow agreement. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the • 00710-10 891 -021 • unpaid balance of the Contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work including compensation for additional architectural, managerial and administrative services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expenses shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The expense incurred by the Owner as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default shall be certified by the Architect. 1.21 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT If the work should be stopped under an order of any court, or other public authority, for a period of ninety days, through no act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone employed by him, then the Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and any proven loss sustained upon any plant or materials and reasonable profit and damages. Should the Architect fail to issue any Approvals for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within fourteen days after the Contractor's formal request for payment or if the Owner should fail to pay to the Contractor within an additional fourteen days of its maturity and presentation, any sum certified by the Architect, then the Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to the Owner and the Architect, stop the work or terminate the Contract as set out in the preceding paragraph. In the event that the Contractor so terminates the Contract, the Owner will promptly authorize the distribution of retained funds held in escrow, including accrued interest thereon, pursuant to the terms of the escrow agreement. 1.22 EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETING THE WORK If the contractor is delayed in completion of the work by the contract by any act or neglect of the Owner, or of any other Contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes in the work, or by any priority or allocation order duly issued by the federal government, or by any unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargos, and abnormally severe weather, or by delays of sub-contractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the causes described above, or by delay authorized by the Architect for any cause for which the Architect shall deem justifiable, then: • 00710-11 891-021 For each day of delay in the completion of the work so caused, the . Contractor shall be allowed one day additional to the time limitations specified in the contract, it being understood and agreed that the allowance of same shall be solely at the discretion and approval of the Owner and Architect. No such extension of time shall be made for any delay unless the Contractor, within three days after the beginning of the delay, shall have informed the Owner and Architect in writing of the nature of the delay, its cause, and its estimated duration. The Owner and Architect will ascertain the facts regarding the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of their decision in the matter. The Contractor shall use all honorable and reasonable means to prevent strikes, to avoid violations of labor agreements, or other actions calculated to create dissatisfaction with working conditions. Should strikes occur, he shall make all proper and reasonable efforts to effect early settlement and resumption of the work. Should collusion by the Contractor be proven in the case of strikes or lockouts, then no extension of time for completion of the contract will be given. Burden of proof in this case shall rest entirely with the Contractor. NO CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OR ANY CLAIM OTHER THAN FOR EXTENSION OF TIME AS HEREIN PROVIDED SHALL BE MADE OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE OWNER BY REASON OF ANY DELAYS CAUSED BY THE REASONS HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED. 1.23 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate contractor on the work, the Contractor agrees, upon due notice to settle with such contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense and, if any judgement against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court cost which the Owner has incurred. 1.24 SEPARATE CONTRACTS The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this work under similar General Conditions. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. • 00710-12 891 -021 • If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after the execution of his work. To insure the proper execution of his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Architect any discrepancy between executed work and the Drawings. 1.25 SUBCONTRACTS The Contractor shall, before the execution of the contract, notify the Architect in writing of the name of the subcontractor proposed for each principal part of the work and for such others as the Architect may direct; and shall not employ any to whom the Architect or owner may have a reasonable objection. The Architect shall, on request, furnish to any subcontractor, wherever practicable, evidence of the amounts certified on his account. The Contractor agrees that he is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. 1.26 RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall cooperate with and assist other Contractors and Subcontractors on the job in conformity with all trade jurisdictional rulings. Each shall study all plans and specifications and shall perform all work which properly comes under jurisdiction of the trade he represents. Where jurisdictional rules require assistance of mechanics of any trade in handling specific materials or equipment, the Contractor or Subcontractor who controls such trade shall provide the required assistance. • 00710-13 891 -021 The Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor and every • subcontractor agrees to be bound by the terms of the agreement, the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the drawings and specifications, as far as applicable to his work, including the following provisions of this article, unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approved in writing as adequate by the Architect. The Subcontractor agrees: A. To be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Agreement, General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary General Conditions, the Drawings and Specifications, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. B. To submit to the Contractor applications of payment in such reasonable time as to enable the Contractor to apply for payment as set forth in the General Requirements. C. To make all claims for extras, for extensions of time due to delays or otherwise, to the Contractor in the manner provided in the General Conditions of the Contract and the Supplementary Conditions for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner, except that the time for making claims for extra cost is one week. The Contractor agrees: D. To be bound to the Subcontractor by all the obligations that the Owner assumes to the Contractor under the Agreement, General Conditions of the Contract, the Supplementary Conditions, the Drawings and Specifications, and by all the provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the Contractor from the Owner. E. To pay the Subcontractor, upon the payment of approvals, and within one week of said payment if issued under the schedule of values described in the General Requirements, the amount allowed to the Contractor on account of the Sub-contractor's work to the extent of the Sub-contractor's interest therein. F. To pay the Subcontractor, upon the payment of approvals, and within one week of said payment if issued otherwise than as in (E), so that at all times his total payments shall be as large in proportion to the value of the work done by him as the total amount certified to the Contractor is to the value of the work done by him. G. To pay the Subcontractor to such extent as may be provided by the Contract Documents of the subcontract, if either of these provides for earlier or larger payments than the above. • 00710-14 891 -021 • H. To pay the Subcontractor on demand For his work or materials as far as executed and fixed in place, less the retained percentage, at the time the Approval for Payment is issued, even though the Architect fails to issue it for any cause not the fault of the Subcontractor. I. To pay the Subcontractor a just share of any fire insurance money received by him, the Contractor, under Article "Broad Form Builders Risk Completed Value Insurance", of the General Conditions. J. To make no demand for liquidated damages or penalty for delay in any sum in excess of such amount as may be specifically named in the subcontract. K. That no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the contractor to the Subcontractor during the first ten days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. 1.27 ARCHITECT'S STATUS The Architect or his representative will make visits to the site during the course of the Project at such times as may be reasonably necessary to determine in general that the work is proceeding substantially in accordance with the Contract Documents. He shall not be required to make exhaustive observations and he shall not be responsible or legally liable for the Contractor's failure to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. During his visits to the site and on the basis of his observations while at the site, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work, and he may recommend that the Owner condemn work as failing to conform to the Contract Documents. Based on his observations and the Contractor's applications for payment, he will determine the amount owing the Contractor and will issue Approvals for Payment in such amounts. These Approvals for Payment will constitute a representation to the Owner based on such observations and the data comprising the Application for Payment that the work has progressed to the point indicated. The Architect shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the conditions of the Contract and the judge of its performance. He shall side neither with the Owner nor with the Contractor, but shall use his powers under the Contract to enforce its faithful performance by both. • 00710-15 891 -021 In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect, the • Owner shall appoint a capable and reputable Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the contract shall be that of the former Architect. 1.28 ARCHITECT'S DECISIONS The Architect shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all claims of the Owner or Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Architect's decisions, in matter relating to artistic effect, shall be final, if within the terms of the Contract Documents. 1.29 CASH ALLOWANCE The Contractor shall include in the contract sum all allowances named in Contract Documents and shall cause the work so covered, or other work, to be done by such Contractors and for such sums as the Architect may direct, the contract sum being adjusted in conformity therewith. The Contractor declares that the contract sum includes such sums for expenses and profit on account of cash allowances as he deems proper. No demand for delivery costs, expenses or profit other than those included in the contract sum shall be allowed. The Contractor shall include all allowances set forth in the specifications. The Prime Contractor shall not add any supervision, overhead of any type, or profit to any material or subcontractor price that is to be paid from said allowance. However, the Prime Contractor may add 25% to the actual payroll cost of each of his own workmen doing work that is to be paid by said allowance. All other overhead and profit necessary for the execution of the work related to said allowance shall be included in the Contractor's original bid. Contract prices will be modified appropriately if cost of materials or items exceeds or is less than the stipulated allowance. All unexpended allowance monies shall revert in full to the Owner. 1.30 DAMAGES Should either party to the Contract suffer damages because of any wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone employed by him, claim shall be made in writing to the party liable within a reasonable time of the first observance of such damages and not later than the final payment, except as expressly stipulated otherwise in the case of faulty work or materials, and shall be adjusted by agreement. • 00710-16 891 -021 • 1.31 USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of his workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or direction of the Owner or Architect and shall not reasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety. The Contractor shall enforce the Owner's or Architect's instruction regarding signs, advertisements, fires and smoking. 1.32 CUTTING, PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other Contractors shown upon, or reasonably implied by, the drawings and specifications for the complete structure, and he shall make good after them as the Architect may direct. Any cost of defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by a party responsible therefor. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work, and shall not cut or alter the work of any other Contractor save with the consent of the Architect. 1.33 CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his employees or work, and at the completion of the work he shall remove all his rubbish from about the building and all his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave his work "broom-clean" or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified. In case of dispute the Owner may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several contractors as the Architect shall determine to be just. 1.34 WEATHER PROTECTION The Contractor shall at all times provide protection against weather (rain, wind, storms, frost, or heat) so as to maintain all work, materials, apparatus and fixtures free from injury or damage. At the end of the days work, all new work likely to be damaged shall be covered. • 00710-17 891 -021 Cold Weather: During cold weather the Contractor shall protect all • work from damage. If low temperature makes it impossible to continue operations safely, in spite of cold weather precautions, the Contractor shall first consult with the Architect to decide whether or not work shall be stopped. The decision of the Architect shall be binding on all Contractors. 1.35 OFFICE AND STORAGE SHEDS The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the premises, where directed, an office and also watertight storage sheds for the storage of all materials which might be damaged by exposure to weather. 1.36 LIEN AFFIDAVIT Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of the Contract, and an affidavit that so far as he has knowledge or information the releases include all labor and material for which a lien could be filed; but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify him against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. 1.37 PREPARATION OF BIDS Before submitting proposal, each Bidder shall examine carefully all documents pertaining to the work and shall visit the site and any existing building or structures to verify conditions under which work will be performed. Submission of bid will be considered presumptive evidence that the Bidder has visited the site and is conversant with local facilities and difficulties, the requirements of the documents and of pertinent State or Local Codes, state of labor and material markets, and has made due allowances in his bid for all contingencies. Include in bid all costs of labor, materials, equipment, allowances, fees, permits except as otherwise specified, applicable taxes, insurance, and contingencies with overhead and profit necessary to produce a complete building, or to complete those portions of the work covered by the specification sections on which proposal is made, including all trades, without further cost to the Owner. • 00710-18 891 -021 • Should Bidder's investigation of local codes or rules reveal stipulations contrary to requirements of these specifications, or should he be in doubt as to the intent of meaning of the documents, he shall so advise the Architect without delay. This clause is intended to insure that each Bidder give notice of any violation, conflicts, discrepancies or ambiguities in ample time for Architect to issue clarifications or corrections by means of a duly issued addendum. No compensation will be allowed by reason of any difficulties which the Bidder could have discovered or reasonably anticipated prior to bidding. 1.38 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for and at his option may maintain such insurance as will protect from his contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, which may arise from operations under the Contract, and any other liability for damages which the Contractor is required to insure under any provision of the Contract. 1.39 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Each Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance of such types and in such amounts as are necessary to cover his responsibilities and liabilities on a project of the character contemplated under this contract, and shall require all his subcontractors to carry similar insurance. 1. The Owner will accept, in lieu of all subcontractors carrying similar insurance, an "Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Policy" paid for by the Contractor and written in the name of the Owner for the amounts specified hereinafter including all the special coverages. Said policy must protect the Owner for all claims for bodily injury and/or property damage arising out of operations for the named insured by said Contractor, or any subcontractor of said Contractor. B. No Contractor shall commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall any Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the same insurance has been obtained by the subcontractor and approved by the Owner. Each and every Contractor and Subcontractor shall maintain all insurance required under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section for not less than one year after completion of this contract. • 00710-19 891 -021 C. Each Contractor shall file with the Owner and Architect a Certificate • of Insurance. Any certificate submitted and found to be altered or incomplete will be returned as unsatisfactory. D. If requested by the owner, Contractor shall furnish the Owner with true copies of each policy required of him or his subcontractors. Said policies will not be cancelled or materially altered, except after fifteen (15) days advance written notice to the Owner and Architect, mailed to the addresses indicated herein. E. Insurance under this Section, as a minimum, shall include the following coverages: 1. Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance: Workmen's Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance of statutory limits as provided by the state in which this contract is performed and Employers' Liability Insurance at a limit of not less than $100,000.00 for all damages arising from each accident or occupational disease. 2. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance in which the Architect and the Owner are named as additional insureds Covering: a. Operations -- Premises Liability: Including, but not limited to, Bodily Injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any person or Property Damage resulting from execution of the work provided for in this contract, or due to or arising in any manner from any act or omission or negligence of the Contractor and any subcontractor, their respective employees or agents. b. Elevator Liability: Including, but not limited to, Bodily Injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any person or Property Damage resulting from operation or use of any elevator or hoist, if either or both are operated or used in connection with execution of this contract. • 00710-20 891 -021 • c. Contractor's Protective Liability: Including, but not limited to, Bodily Injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom, to any person or Property Damage arising from acts or omissions of any subcontractor, their employees or agents. d. Products -- Completed Operations Liability: Including, but not limited to, Bodily Injury, including death at any time resulting therefrom to any person or Property Damage because of goods, products, materials or equipment used or installed under this contract, or because of completed operations, which may become evident within one year after acceptance of the building including damage to the building or its contents. e. Contractual Liability: Each and every policy for liability insurance, carried by each Contractor and subcontractor, as required by this Section shall specifically include Contractual Liability coverage with respect to Section F of this Division. f. Special Requirements: The insurance required under Paragraph (2) of this Section shall specifically include the following special hazards: Property Damage caused by conditions otherwise subject to exclusions "x,c,u", Explosion, Collapse or Underground Damage. Broad Form Property Damage endorsement, which has reference to property in the "care, custody, or control" of the insured. "Occurrence" Bodily Injury coverage in lieu of "caused by accident". "Occurrence" Property Damage coverage in lieu of "caused by accident". • 00710-21 891 -021 g. Limits of Liability: • The insurance under Paragraph (2) of this Section shall be written in the following limits of liability, as a minimum: For Contracts Less than $250,000.00: Bodily Injury: $100,000.00 each person $300,000.00 each occurrence $300,000.00 aggregate Products Property Damage: $100,000.00 each occurrence $300,000.00 aggregate Operations $300,000.00 aggregate Protective $300,000.00 aggregate Products $500,000.00 aggregate Contractual For Contracts $250,000.00 or greater: Bodily In jury: $1,000,000.00 each person $1,000,000.00 each occurrence $1,000,000.00 aggregate Products Property Damage: $250,000.00 each occurrence $500,000.00 aggregate Operations $500,000.00 aggregate Protective $500,000.00 aggregate Products $500,000.00 aggregate Contractual 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability covering: a. All owned, hired, or non-owned vehicles including the loading or unloading thereof. b. Special Requirements: The insurance required under paragraph (3) of this Section shall specifically include the following special hazards: "Occurrence" Bodily Injury in lieu of "caused by accident". • 00710-22 891 -021 • "Occurrence" Property Damage in lieu of "caused by accident". c. Limits of Liability: The insurance under Paragraph (3) of this Section shall be written in the following limits of liability as a minimum: For Contract Less than $250,000.00: Automobile Bodily Injury Each Person $100,000.00 Each Occurrence $300,000.00 Automobile Property Damage Each Occurrence $ 50,000.00 For Contracts $250,000.00 or Greater: Automobile Bodily Injury Each Person $ 500,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Automobile Property Damage Each Occurrence $ 250,000.00 F. Hold Harmless Agreement 1. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorney's fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (including but not limited to the work) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. 2. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Architect or any of their agents or employees by an employee of the Contractor, Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Hold Harmless Agreement shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. • 00710-23 891-021 3. The obligations of the Contractor under this Hold Harmless • Agreement shall not extend to any claim, damage, loss or expense for which the Architect is legally liable arising out of professional services performed by the Architect, his agents, or employees, including (a) the preparation of maps, plans, opinions, reports, surveys, designs or specifications, and (b) periodic observation of the work or engineering services. 1.40 BROAD FORM BUILDERS RISK COMPLETED VALUE INSURANCE The Owner will effect and maintain Broad Form Builders Risk Completed Value insurance covering the perils of fire and lightning, of windstorm, hail, theft, collapse, explosion, riot, riot attending a strike, civil commotion, aircraft, sonic boom, vehicles, smoke, and also to include the Vandalism and Malicious Mischief endorsement. This insurance is to be upon all the structures on which the work of all the Contracts is to be done to one hundred percent of the insurable value thereof, including items of labor and materials connected therewith whether in or adjacent to the structures insured, materials in place or to be used as part of the permanent construction including surplus materials, shanties, protective fences, bridges, temporary structures, miscellaneous materials and supplies incident to the work, and such scaffoldings, stagings, towers, and equipment as are not owned or rented by the Contractor, the cost of which is included in the cost of the work. EXCLUSIONS: This insurance does not cover any tools owned by mechanics, any tools, equipment, scaffolding, staging, towers, and forms owned or rented by the Contractor, the capital value of which is not included in the cost of the work, or any structures erected for housing of food service for the workmen. Said insurance, to be furnished by the Owner, shall insure the Owner's interest, shall insure the interest of all Contractors having a contact with the Owner, and shall also include all Subcontractors of each Contractor. The Contractors shall be named or designated in such capacity as insured jointly with the Owner in all policies and all Subcontractors for each Contractor shall be included as insured jointly with the Contractors in all policies by designation, by name, of each of said Subcontractors, or by designation, "Subcontractors, as their respective interest may appear". Certificates of such insurance shall be filed with each of the Contractors and the Architect. If the Owner fails to effect or maintain insurance as above and so notifies the Contractor, the Contractor may insure his own interest and that of the subcontractors and charge the cost thereof to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of the Owner to maintain such insurance or to so notify the Contractor he may recover as stipulated • 00710-24 891-021 • in the Contract for recovery of damages. If other special insurance not herein provided for is required by the Contractor, the Owner shall effect such insurance at the Contractor's expense by appropriate riders to his Builders Risk Insurance policy. The Owner, Contractors, and all subcontractors waive all rights, each against the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance provided under the terms of this article, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of insurance held by the Owner as Trustee. The toss, if any, is to be made adjustable with and payable to the Owner as Trustee for the insureds and Contractors and subcontractors as their interest may appear, except in such cases as may require payment of all or a proportion of said insurance to be made to a mortgagee as his interest may appear. The Owner shall be responsible for and at his option may insure against loss of use of his existing property, due to fire or otherwise, however caused. If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. He shall deposit any money received from insurance in an account separate from all his other funds and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If after loss no special agreement is made, replacement of injured work shall be ordered and executed as provided for changes in the work. The Trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the Contractors interested shall object in writing within three working days of the occurrence of loss. 1.41 GUARANTEE BOND REQUIREMENTS The Contractor will be required to furnish to the Owner a Contractor's Bond for Construction in the full amount of the contract, guaranteeing completion of the work and faithful performance of the contract in accordance with the contract documents, and payment of all labor and material bills incurred while performing the work under this contract. Said Bond shall be executed by a Surety Company satisfactory to the Owner in the form of 86-A as approved by Indiana State Attorney General and the Indiana State Board of Accounts, and modified as required to comply with all laws of the State of Indiana governing public contracts let by governmental units. Such bond, among other conditions, shall be conditioned for payment for all material used in the work and for all labor performed in the work, whether by Subcontractor or otherwise. • 00710-25 891-021 A. Said bond shall remain in full force and effect, during the life of the • contract and during the term of any warranty required by the Specifications. 1. No contract for work under any part of these specifications shall be deemed to be in force and effect until bond required in this Article has been delivered to the Owner in a form satisfactory to the Owner. 2. Contractor shall keep his Bonding Company informed of any and all changes in amount of his contract with the Owner and shall furnish the Architect with copies of all notices of such changes. 3. Insurance and Surety companies shall be deemed qualified and acceptable in connection with contractor bonding and insurance requirements only if such companies have a policy holders rating of A, a financial rating not less than XII and a customer surplus of not less than $25,000,000.00 all as shown under Best's Key Rating Guide, latest edition; provided, however, that the bond furnished is furnished by one of the aforesaid qualified Sureties who is also listed in the Department of the Treasury Circular 570-Volume-latest edition, as licensed in the State of Indiana and the penal sum of the bond does not exceed the underwriting limitation set forth in subject Circular, unless the excess, if any, is reinsured with the approval of the Owner. It is understood and agreed that the Surety expressly waives whatever right it may have to be notified on any alterations, modifications, and additions which may be directed by the Architect or Owner, under the terms hereof. And it expressly agrees that no change, modifications, omission or addition in and to the terms or conditions of this contract, said plans, specifications, or profiles, or any irregularity or defect in this contract or in the proceedings preliminary to the letting and awarding thereof, shall in no way affect or operate to relieve, release or discharge said Surety. 1.42 ASSIGNMENT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. • 00710-26 891-021 • 1.43 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE If, within one year after the date of the check for Final Payment for the work or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. In addition to the above, the Contractor unconditionally warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards may be considered defective. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. The warranty and guarantee provided in this Paragraph shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty, guarantee or remedy required by law or by the Contract Documents, and shall be given to the Owner and the Architect, in writing. 1.44 WAGE RATES Before any work is commenced each Contractor and subcontractor shall file with the Owner a schedule of hourly wage rates to be paid by him to each employee engaged in work on the project. Said rates shall be in no case less than the schedule of minimum rates which the Owner is required to establish through the committee selected and acting in compliance with Chapter 319, Acts of the Indiana General Assembly for 1935, a copy of which minimum wage rates will be on file in the office of the Owner at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date set for the receipt of bids. In case it becomes necessary for the Contractor or any subcontractor to employ on the project under this contract any person in any trade or occupation (except executive, supervisory, administration, clerical, or other non-manual workers as such; for example, storekeepers, timekeepers, water boys, and messengers) for which no minimum wage rate has been indicated, the Contractor or subcontractor must notify the Owner with due diligence so that an addendum can be made to original set of minimum wage rates by the committee naming them, covering the new classes or occupations not previously described. • 00710-27 891 -021 1.45 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK • Each prime contractor, subcontractor, and/or material company shall furnish sufficient labor forces, construction plant and equipment, and shall work such hours, including night shifts and overtime operations, as may be necessary to insure the prosecution of the work in accordance with the approved progress schedule. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the Contractor falls behind the progress schedule, the Contractor shall take such steps as may be necessary to improve his progress and the Architect may require him to increase the number of shifts, and/or overtime operations, days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, all without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the Architect under this provision shall be grounds for determination by the Architect that the Contractor is not prosecuting the work with such diligence as will insure completion within the time specified. Upon such determination, the Owner shall have the right, without limiting any other right he may have, to terminate the Contractor's right to proceed with the work, or any separable part thereof. A. The Architect shall have the authority to remove any person or subcontractor from the project for improper conduct or poor performance if the Architect deems same advisable for the welfare of the project. If such action is taken by the Architect, same shall be without recourse against the Architect or Owner. 1.46 ADDITIONAL WORK When additional work is requested by the Owner that is not covered in the drawings or specifications, said work will be added to the contract price by means of a formal written change order as approved by the Owner. Payment for said change order will be as follows: Labor: Payroll cost plus benefits, plus 25% x same for all other pro-rate bond, insurance, taxes, etc. 15% x sum of above for overhead and profit. Material: Material and/or subcontractors invoice cost of same, plus 15% added for overhead and profit. The above apply for all extra work agreed upon by the Architect and Owner and not paid from credits or Cash Allowances. • 00710-28 891 -021 • 1.47 OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK The Owner reserves the right to go on this project and do work which is not connected with the contract. This means the Owner has the right to install his own window shades, tissue boxes, furniture and things of similar nature while the building is being constructed. 1.48 OWNER'S RIGHT TO TAKE POSSESSION The Owner shall have the right to take possession of or use any completed or partially completed part of the work. Such possession or use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the contract. 1.49 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS All bidders are urged to study carefully and follow the requirements of all contract documents, including the complete drawings and specifications, together with all addenda thereto which may be added. 1.50 ADDENDA TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS If any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed work is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other contract documents, he may submit to the Architect a written statement for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the contract documents will be made by addendum duly issued. A copy of any such addendum shall be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of such contract documents, and to such other prospective bidders as shall have requested they be furnished with a copy of such addendum. 1.51 LABOR AND CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK Bidders are required to inform themselves fully of the conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work will be performed, and the Contractor must employ so far as possible such methods and means in the carrying out of the work as will not cause any interruption or interference with any other Contractors. 1.52 SALVAGED MATERIALS No secondhand or salvaged materials shall be used in any portion of the work where such usage involves permanent incorporation in the work, except as specifically directed to do so by the Architect. • 00710-29 891 -021 1.53 SHOP DRAWINGS • The Architect's approval of shop drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from Drawings or Specifications, unless he has in writing called the Architect's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, and secured his written approval, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. 1.54 ASBESTOS All contractors must provide a written letter to the Owner stating that no asbestos containing materials have been provided for the project. END OF SECTION • 00710-30 891-021 • SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1.01 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS: A complete list of all proposed subcontractors and material companies for each and every item to be used to fulfill the contract requirements is to be submitted to the Architect for approval after receipt of construction bids from each prime contractor so notified to submit same by the Architect. Said list, upon approval, is to be filed with the Owner and shall not be changed except by an approved Change Order or by the substitution of a supplier or subcontractor on account of his violation of one of the articles of these specifications. A. The Architect will receive the complete subcontractor and materials list proposed by the Contractor by telephone no later than 10:00 a.m. on the day following the bidding. Said list shall be confirmed in writing within forty-eight (48) hours thereafter. 1.02 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION: This project will be under the direct coordination of the Architect. 1.03 ADDITIONAL LABOR: The Owner reserves the right to contract for carpentry and/or common labor, or any other craft, by the hour with the Contractor, for the purpose of barricades, covered walks, general cleanup, minor construction, etc., work on this project. Material for this type of work will be furnished by the Owner. The Owner will pay the actual rate per hour as noted on the prevailing wage scale, including fringes, plus twenty-five percent (25%) of said rate to cover taxes, insurance, overhead and profit. 1.04 NON-DISCRIMINATION: The Contract Agreement will contain a clause prohibiting the Contractor or his subcontractors from discrimination in hiring or any matter of employment by reason of race, color, religion, ancestry, or national origin. Submission of a bid on this project is implied acceptance of the inclusion of this clause in the Contract Agreement. 1.05 DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: No changes from the drawings and/or specifications shall be made without written approval of same from a partner of the Everett I. Brown Company. 1.06 CLERK-OF-THE-WORKS: The Owner reserves the right to employ a clerk-of-the-works who shall have access to the project at all times. END OF SECTION • 00800-1 891-021 �111 Carmel COUNTY Hamilton We the undersigned committee, appointed pursuant to Chapter A319,I Acts nof III1934 , do fix and d•etermine the prevailing wage scales to apply on the: • n to and renovation of Carmel Hi h School FOR THE SEVERAL CLASSIFICATIONS OF LABOR AS FOLLOWS: CRAFT CLASSIF- EXPR. RATE FRINGES ICATION DATE PER HR. Asbestos Workers Skilled 5/31/90 19.35 Boilermakers - Skilled2.20 1.90 6730/90 Bricklayers Skilled 20.56 2.20 1.90 .03 . 10 Car enters 6/1/90 17.64 1.20 1.60 .12 .05 Skilled 5/31/90 1.70 1.75 `-i- Car enter a er SUnski i e . 15 • Carpet Layer i e Cement Masons Skilled Electricians i ed 1 1. Elevator onstructior i e 1 1 Elevator Helpers Unskilled 7j1/89 12.68 Glaziers Skilled 6/1/90 18.96 1.945 1.55 .085 Hod Carriers Skilled 5/31 1.59 .50 .02 Operating Engineers - • Group I Skilled 6/1/90 17 .50 1.40 Group II Skilled 6/1/90 16.55 1.40 2.20 .17 .08 Group III Skilled 6/1/90 13.55 1.40 2.20 .17 .08 Group ' 1 e. • .0 I . 2.20I .17 .08 Iron Workers .�: Marion County Skilled 5/31/90 18.55 2.25 2.25 .08 Iron Workers .08 All Other Counties Skilled 5/31/90 18.70 2.25 2.25 Laborers Unskilled 5/31/90 12.75 1.45 .09 .08 Lathers Skilled 5/31/901./5 .15 .08 Millwrights Skilled 5/31/901.70 1.75 .15 .08 1.705 Painter-Brush-Roll Skilled 5/31/90 16.26 1.55 1.22 .15 .08 Painter - S.ra Skilled 5/31/90 17.26 1.55 .04 .03 Pointer- rs au s i e. 1.22 .04 .036 ` asterers *0 a • .� Plumbers/Steamtitter Skilled 5/31/90 20.35 .6� .1� . � Roofer-Com.osit o�n Skilled 5/31/90 15ns .65 1.60 1.00 .10 11 'oo er- •e 1.00 .03 Roofer- Slate •� • • •� � , � She e Metal Wkrs. Skilled e• 5/31/90 15.90 1.60 1.00 .03 Sound & Comm.Tech. Skilled 5/31/90 18.54 1.13 3?j7-'- 2 Stone Masons 1.13 3Z .82 , Truck Drivers Skilled 5J3i/9� 17.64 1.20 1.60 .12 .05 over 3 ton Skilled 5/31/89 . 14.27 3 ton & under $S2Wk $61Wk .08 Truck Helper & Warehouseman Skilled 5/31/89 14.12 • Truck Mechanic Skilled m5/31/89 14.19 $52Wk $61Wk .08 Terrazzo Workers Skilled 11/30/88 t7.93 520k 160k .08 Sprinkler Fitter 2.20 1.60 .12 Skilled E/30/.90 19.25 2.20 1.75 .10 Terr.Flt. & Helpers Skilled 5/3100 t7.98 1.20 .02 T & M Setters Helper Skilled 5/31/90 16.29 1.b0 .1Z The wage rates as set forth by the Committee are the minimum and shall not prevent the Contractor or Sub-Contractor from paying a higher rate of wage. Repre ntin the Governor of Indiana Re TA ,_w,�� � ' presenting the Ind. State AFL-CIO Representing the Awarding Agency & Industry Dated this 22nd day of February , 19 90 . 00820-1 891 -021 • SECTION 00900 SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. A soil investigation report by Engineering and Testing Services, Inc. has been prepared for this Project. B. A copy of this report is included. C. This report was obtained only for use by Architect in design and is not a part of the Bidding Documents. D. Report and log of borings is available for Bidders information but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. E. Additional Investigation. 1. Bidder should visit site and acquaint himself with site conditions. 2. Prior to bidding and after written approval of the Owner, Bidder may at his own expense make additional subsurface investigations to satisfy himself with site and subsurface conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 00900-1 891-021 SOIL EVALUATION REPORT ADDITIONS TO CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL PREPARED FOR: EVERETT I. BROWN COMPANY JUNE 15, 1990 • 00900-2 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 89Apineering & Testing Services, Inc. June 15, 1990 • Mr. James K. Keefe Everett I. Brown Company 950 N. Meridian St., Suite 200 Indianapolis, IN 46204 Re: Geotechnical Investigation School Carmel Clay Schools Carmel, Indiana EIB Project No. 891-020 ETS Project No. 13674 Dear Mr. Keefe: We have completed the geotechnical investigation for the proposed additions to Carmel High School. This phase of the project will include a new stadium structure with grandstands, parking areas, bus parking and a • proposed water detention area. This report presents the results of our findings of the investigation and our recommendations for site preparation, foundation design, floor slab support, pavement design considerations, and retaining wall design. We appreciate the opportunity to have been of service to you in this regard. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact us at your earliest convenience. Very truly yours, I TEE NG & TESTING SERVICES, INC. i Robert M. Harreld, P.E. Project Manager Paul L. Douglass, P.E. Principal c: 5 Enclosed RMH/PLD:csu Paul L Douglass,PE. W.Charles McGee Robert M.Harreld, P.E. .INV David W.Bird,P.E. '�+� . ri < r ss .. l- -.4 :* ''�,~ .. ;;_ .': ,, 1 James M.Bobel Owen L Brazile,P.E. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, IN 4.27$-1755 (317 299-8511 Chicago • D! '4 ' Louisville • Memphis Richard D.Olson,PE. 891-021 TABLE OF CONTENTS r-- I. INTRODUCTIONPAGE A. Background Information 1 B. Scope of Services 1 C. Procedures 2 II. GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS A. Soil Conditions 4 ::-: B. Groundwater Conditions 6 III. ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS A. Site Preparation Activities 1. Subgrade Preparation 7 2. Parking Area Subgrade 9 B. Foundations 10 C. Construction Considerations 11 D. Floor Slab Support 12 E. Retaining Wall Design 13 F. Review of Plans 14 IV. GENERAL COMMENTS APPENDIX Boring Location Plans Test Boring Records General Notes Unified Soil Classification System • 00900-4 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 I. INTRODUCTION We have completed the geotechnical investigation for the initial phase of Renovations and Additions to Carmel High School in Carmel, Indiana. This work was authorized by Everett I. Brown Company of Indianapolis, Indiana. A. Background Information This phase of the project will include a new stadium structure, a scoreboard and storage building, proposed parking areas, a new bus parking lot, and a water detention area. The primary site for the stadium is located north of 136th Street and west of Keystone Avenue in Carmel, Indiana. At the time of our field investigation, this property was being used for agricultural purposes. Another site investigated in this study was located south of Main Street and east of 4th Avenue near an existing elementary school in • Carmel. This site is proposed for a parking lot and was covered with neatly cut grass. We understand the new stadium will consist of precast bleachers and precast support beams and columns. Maximum column loads are expected to be on the order of 150 kips. The remainder of the stadium structure will consist of concrete and masonry walls with some bearing walls having loads up to 4 kips per foot. l B. Scope of Services The scope of this investigation included the following: 1. Perform four (4) soil borings to a depth of 15 feet in the area of each portion of the stadium structure. 2. Conduct one (1) soil boring to a depth of 15 feet in the area • 00900-5 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 of the proposed scoreboard and storage building. 3. Complete 29 boring probes to depths ranging from 5 to 8 feet • in the new parking lots and bus parking area. 4. Perform one (1) soil boring to a depth of 5 feet in the proposed water detention area. 5. Provide appropriate geotechnical laboratory testing including visual engineering classification, moisture content and uncon- fined compressive strength determinations on representative samples. 6. Prepare a report which will provide our recommendations on the following: a. Allowable soil bearing capacity, bearing elevation and estimated foundation settlement. b. Subgrade preparation and floor slab support. • c. Use of existing soils for fill materials. • d. Depth of frost penetration and effect on recommended foundation type. e. Comments concerning appropriate geotechnical aspects of the project to be addressed in the specifications. f. Pavement subgrade preparation and pavement design. g. Retaining wall design parameters. C. Procedures The number and depth of the borings were determined by Everett I. Brown Company in conjunction with ETS. Locations of the bore holes were established and laid out in the field by an ETS staff engineer prior to the drilling operations. Some restrictions to final boring locations • 00900-6 Engineering 8 Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 1110 were necessary in the proposed parking areas around the new stadium in an attempt to cause as little damage as possible to the farmer's wheat crop on the property. The soil borings were performed with a track mounted ATV type drilling rig. The bore holes were advanced with continuous hollow stem augers. Soil samples were obtained by means of a standard split spoon sampler in general accordance with ASTM Standard D1586. The number of blows required to drive the sampler 12 inches with a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches is termed the Standard Penetration Resistance (N-value). The N-values are indicated on the boring logs at the depths the samples were taken. The soil samples Were sealed in glass jars at the site and subse- quently returned to our laboratory for testing and classification. The soil samples were classified in general accordance with the United Classifica- tion System. Laboratory testing included moisture content and unconfined compressive strength determinations, the latter with a calibrated hand penetrometer. In the calibrated hand penetrometer test, the unconfined compressive strength of a soil sample is estimated to a maximum of 4.5 tsf by measuring the resistance of the soil sample to penetration of a small, calibrated, spring loaded cylinder. The results of the laboratory tests are indicated on the boring logs at the depths the samples were obtained. The soil samples will be retained in our laboratory for 30 days at which time we will dispose of them. If you desire to retain the samples, • 00900-7 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 please notify us. II. GEOTECHNICAL CONDITIONS • A. Soil Conditions Soil borings numbered B-1 through B-10 were drilled in the proposed parking area located north of the existing elementary school and south of Main Street. This site reportedly had four 1-story brick buildings demolished and removed from the property a few years ago. We under- stand the excavations from the, razed buildings were backfilled with clean compacted fill materials. The site was then regraded to a surface elevation that now varies mostly from 850 to 851. According to borings B-1 through B-10, 4 to 7 inches of topsoil were present at the boring locations. Below the topsoil, the soil types consisted of silty clay or clayey silt with occasional pockets of sand. These cohesive soil deposits were encountered to the explored depth of the bore holes, 8 feet below ground surface. No debris, rubble or other indications of building material were found in the areas of the demolished structures. At borings B-3, B-5, B-8 and B-9, the upper 3 feet of clayey soils appeared to be possibly fill even though the soil types, densities and strengths were similar to the other materials found on the site. Based upon the laboratory test results, the silty clay and clayey silt strata had unconfined strength values ranging mostly from 1 to 2 tsf and water contents varying from about 10 to 25%. At the stadium site, boring B-11 was completed in the planned water detention area. This boring revealed 9 inches of topsoil underlain by stiff clayey silt down to 4 feet where a pocket of wet silty sand was 00900-8 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 observed. At other portions on the property where the deeper borings • were drilled, the sand stratum was noted to extend to a depth varying from 7 to 12 feet below ground surface. The soil conditions encountered in the proposed car and bus parking lots near the stadium are represented by borings B-12 through B-30. At these locations, 7 to 9 inches of topsoil were underlain by silts and clays having varying percentages of sand to the ends of the bore holes. The cohesive silty clayey soil types , had unconfined strengths typically ranging from 1 to 3 tsf and moisture contents on the order of 20 to 25%. The remainder of the borings (B-31 to B-39) were taken in the proposed stadium area and storage building. Topsoil was found at ground surface and was underlain by a mixture of silts, sand and clay to the bottom of the test holes, 15 feet below ground surface. The silts and clays had strength results varying from approximately 1 to 3 tsf and moisture contents of 15 to 22%. The sandy deposits were moist to wet and were loose to medium dense based upon the standard penetration resistance values. A copy of the soil boring logs and boring location plans are appended to this report. The soil profiles described above are generalized descriptions of the conditions encountered at the location of the borings. The boring logs should be consulted for more specific information. The stratification depths shown on the boring logs and discussed herein are intended to indicate a zone of transition from one soil type to another; they are not intended to indicate exact depths of soil change. It should also be noted where the soil conditions may appear to be uniform, they may vary across the site from those conditions noted on • 00900-9 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 the logs. B. Groundwater Conditions • The driller looked for indications of groundwater during and after the performance of the soil borings. Groundwater seepage was observed in all the borings in the stadium area during drilling at depths ranging from 3.0 to 6.0 feet below the existing ground surface. Immediately after the drilling of the individual boreholes, the driller measured water levels at depths ranging from 4.6 to 12,5 feet below the existing ground surface. Twenty four hours after the completion of the borings, the driller remeasured the groundwater levels. Water levels between 4.8 and 6.2 feet were found in borings B-31 through B-34 in the stadium area. In cohesive soils such as those encountered at this site, a long time is required for the water in the bore holes to come to equilibrium with the long term groundwater level. Therefore, the short term groundwater level observations made the day of drilling may not be indicative of the long term groundwater level. In addition, the lack of groundwater seepage into the boreholes does not necessarily mean the borings did not penetrate the groundwater level. To make an accurate determination of the long term groundwater level it is necessary to install groundwater level monitoring wells (peizometers) in the boreholes and monitor them for an extended period of time. Based on the available short term groundwater level information, we believe a groundwater level was present at the site at the time of our borings at depths ranging from 3 to 6 feet below the existing ground surface. • 0 0 9 0 0-10 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 The long term hydrostatic groundwater level should be expected to • fluctuate throughout the years based on variations in precipitation, evaporation, surface run-off and other factors. The groundwater levels discussed herein and indicated on the boring logs represent the conditions at the time the measurements were obtained. III. ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Based on the information available from the soil borings performed for this investigation and our understanding of the project, we have made our analysis resulting in recommendations which are discussed in the following sections. If any of our assumptions or understandings are not correct, or if conditions during construction are observed to be signifi- cantly different than those encountered in the site investigation, we should be contacted immediately so that we may re-evaluate our recom- mendations as necessary. A. Site Preparation Activities 1. Subgrade Preparation Most of the soils at the site have been characterized as silty clay and clayey silt which will soften when exposed to excessive moisture and repeated loadings, thus making grading difficult during wet weather. In addition, foundation excavations may collect water seepage and runoff near finished grade during the wetter portions of the year. As such, we recommend that grading be scheduled for the normally drier months of the year if possible. If grading is performed during wet weather, it should be anticipated that the near-surface clay and silt will be difficult to work, that access may be more difficult, and that greater amounts of surface repairs will be required to improve or replace soils determined to • • 00900-11 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 be unsuitable because of excessive moisture contents. If grading is instead performed in the summer (dry weather conditions), the need for ID surface repairs will be reduced and generally will involve mostly re- working of the surface soils. If should be noted that most of the on- site soils are wet of optimum moisture at present and that these soils will have to be disced and dried to improve the efficiency of compaction operations. The first operation in preparing the site will be to strip the topsoil from the surface. After stripping the topsoil, the subgrades should be proofrolled with a fully loaded single axle dump truck. Loose, soft or unstable areas observed during the proofrolling should be undercut to a suitable and stable soil condition. If undercutting to stable subgrade becomes uneconomical or results in groundwater problems, the undercutting may be terminated at a shallower depth and the subgrade stabilized with a woven geotextile and a crushed aggregate layer. We recommend Mirafi 500X or equivalent for this purpose. For the crushed aggregate, we recommend a clean, well graded crushed natural aggregate or crushed concrete with a maximum size of 2 inches and no more than 10 percent passing a number 200 sieve. It may be necessary to use 1 to 2 feet of crushed aggregate to achieve a stable subgrade upon which to place the engineered fill. After a stable subgrade has been achieved, the stadium and/or parking areas can be brought back to grade with engineered fill. The fill should be an approved material, free of frozen soil, lumps, organics or other unsuitable material. The engineered fill should be brought to final • 00900-12 • Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 grade in level lifts not exceeding 9 inches in loose thickness and be • compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum laboratory dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor). Groundwater seepage into undercut areas is possible. However, based on the soil types and groundwater levels encountered at this site and depending upon the time of year the construction is implemented, it is anticipated that standard shallow pits and/or ditches with a small sump pump should be adequate to control the water seepage. The on-site soils, excluding the topsoil, can be reused as structural fill for the project. We believe the silty and clayey materials can easily be compacted to the specified density provided the moisture contents are near the optimum value. As previously indicated, drying of the soils will be necessary to improve the efficiency of the compaction operations. 2. Parking Area Subgrade At least some portions of the parking areas will likely be raised approximately 1 to 2 feet above existing grade. We recommend stripping the topsoil in the parking areas before placing the fill. The subgrade soil to be exposed in the parking lot after stripping will likely be silty clay and clayey silt. Depending. upon the time of year the construction is implemented, the exposed subgrade may be soft and unstable. After stripping, we recommend the pavement subgrade be proofrolled as indicated in Section III, A-1, above. It may be necessary to undercut soft areas to stable materials or to stabilize the subgrade with a woven geotextile and crushed aggregate. Again, the recommendations given previously in Section III, A-1 should be consulted with respect to the stabilization process. The thickness of the aggregate layer required will 00900-13 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 be based on the performance of the subgrade in the field at the time the proofrolling is performed. In our experience, it will likely be necessary • to place a minimum of 9 inches of crushed aggregate to achieve a stable subgrade. Considering the depth at which water was found in the borings, some groundwater seepage is possible in the pavement area following the stripping operation. It may be necessary to use an underdrain system to control the water level and achieve a stable pavement subgrade. As a minimum, all catch basins should be equipped with spider drains at the bottom of the pavement base course level to facilitate removal of water from the pavement section. The pavement surface should be adequately sloped to promote good surface drainage and to reduce water infiltration into the base course. In consideration of the variable soil conditions at the site and the subgrade soil types, we recommend pavements placed on the existing materials be designed using a CBR value on the order of 3 when soaked. Typical soils for which many pavements in this area are designed can have a soaked CBR value of up to 5 if compacted to high densities. However, the on-site soils at this project have poorer than average support characteristics for pavement subgrades and will necessitate somewhat heavier pavement sections. Additionally, it is important the subgrade be thoroughly compacted to a minimum of 95% of the Modified Proctor density due to the anticipated traffic volumes and loadings in both the car and bus parking areas. B. Foundations We recommend spread footing type foundations be used for support • 00900-14 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 of the proposed stadium structure and the other building facilities on the 1111 project. A net allowable soil bearing pressure of 2000 psf is recom- mended for foundation design. Bearing materials are anticipated to be stiff to very stiff clay or clayey silt. Due to variable subsoil conditions, it will be necessary to check each foundation location, evaluate the conditions encountered and make a determination on the suitability of the recommended soil bearing pressure. Because of the wide range of soil strengths encountered in the soil borings at the normal foundation depth, it may be necessary to lower foundation bearing elevations and/or reduce the allowable soil bearing pressures to reduce the risk of poor foundation performance. For bearing capacity and settlement considerations, all individual spread footings should be a minimum of 30 inches wide. Exterior footings and footings in unheated areas should be constructed a minimum of 36 inches below final grade for protection against frost heave during normal winters. For foundations constructed on the noted natural bearing materials or on a properly constructed engineered fill at the bearing pressures recommended, we estimate foundation settlements could be in the range of 1/2 to 1 inch. C. Construction Considerations Some areas of the existing subgrade may not be suitable for the design soil bearing pressure and will require undercutting and replacement with engineered fill. Depending upon the time of year the construction is implemented, groundwater seepage and wet subgrade soils and high moisture content borrow materials are anticipated to present problems • 00900-15 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 during earthwork operations. It may be necessary to either undercut unstable subgrade material and/or stabilize the subgrade with a woven • geotextile and crushed aggregate prior to placement of engineered fill or the pavement section. Control of groundwater with a combined system of sumps and pumps may also be necessary. An underdrainage system beneath the pavement section should also be considered to increase the service life of the pavement. The need for underdrains can be determined during stripping and final grading operations. Groundwater seepage may take place into foundation excavation. While we anticipate the water can be handled by standard sump pit and pumping procedures, the foundation bearing soils are easily disturbed by construction operations in the presence of groundwater. It may be necessary to hand clean the disturbed material and stabilize the founda- tion subgrade with a layer of crushed aggregate. We again recommend a clean, coarse, well graded aggregate with a maximum nominal size of 2 inches and no more than 10 percent passing a number 200 sieve for this purpose. D. Floor Slab Support The floor slab for the stadium and the other building facilities should be supported on a minimum 6 inch compacted layer of free draining granular base material. If the final grade is within or above the depth of any topsoil, loose fill material, or loose natural soil, we recommend that these undesirable materials be removed from the slab areas prior to placing of the slabs or any compacted fills to support the slabs and that all excavations and filling be conducted in accordance with • 00900-16 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 the recommendations contained in this report. Particular attention should • be paid to the placement of backfill against the foundation and beneath the slab as inadequate compaction at these locations may cause cracking of the slab edges and corners due to subsidence of the backfill. The slab should be designed to be structurally independent of any building footings or walls and should be appropriately reinforced to support the loads proposed. E. Retaining Wall Design No structural details related to the proposed retaining wall struc- tures have been made available to us at the time of this investigation. However, some general recommendations can be provided to assist in the design of these facilities. Cohesive and granular soil strata were found in the borings located at the stadium site. These variable soil conditions have differing angle of internal friction values and coefficient of friction parameters. In addition, the earth pressures that act on the walls are affected by the desired construction sequence. In general, we recommend that behind retaining walls a blanket of granular backfill be used. The granular backfill should be capped with either pavement or an 18 inch clay cover or equivalent sloping away from the structure to minimize surface infiltration. Perimeter drains should be installed at the base of the wall to carry off any water that may tend to accumulate in the backfill. The drains should be surrounded by an 8 or 10 inch layer of coarse gravel and the entire system wrapped with an adequate filter fabric. For walls with such a system to carry off any seepage water, a design lateral earth pressure can be taken as an • 00900-17 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 equivalent fluid weight of 40 pcf per foot of wall height above the water table. • F. Plan and Specification Review and Construction Observations We recommend that our geotechnical engineer be provided the opportunity for general review of final design drawings and specifications to check that our earthwork and foundation recommendations are properly interpreted and implemented in the design. All site preparation, including the work of stripping, backfilling, proofrolling, and engineered fill placement should be observed by an experienced engineering technician working under the direction of a geotechnical engineer to verify that the work is being performed as recommended. Also, the foundation bearing surface should be observed by the project geotechnical consultant and tested with an appropriate number of field tests to verify that material suitable for the recommended bearing pressure has been obtained. Any soft of loose soils encountered should be removed and replaced with engineered fill. IV. GENERAL COMMENTS This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering standards and procedures to aid in the evaluation of this property and to assist the Structural Engineer and the Architect in the design of this project. In the event of changes in the design of the structure or its locations, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and the recommendations of this report are modified or affirmed in writing by this office. The analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based • 0 0 9 0 0-18 Engineering,&Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 upon the data obtained from the soil borings performed at the approxi- lIlmate locations indicated on the appended location plan. This report does not reflect variations which may occur between the borings. The nature and extent of any such variations may not become evident until the time of construction. If significant variations then become evident, it may be necessary for us to re-evaluate the recommendations of this report. In the process of obtaining and testing samples and preparing this report, procedures are followed that represent reasonable and accepted practice in the field of geotechnical engineering. Specifically, field logs are prepared during the drilling and sampling operations that describe field observations, sampling depths and other information. The samples obtained in the field are frequently subjected to additional testing and reclassification in the. laboratory, and therefore, differences may exist between the field and the final logs. The engineer preparing the report reviews the field logs, laboratory classifications and test data, and then prepares the final boring logs. Our recommendations are based on the contents of the final logs and the information shown on them. We recommend we be given the opportunity to review the final design plans and specifications as they relate to the recommendations presented in this report. The purpose of this review is to verify the conclusions and recommendations presented herein have been properly incorporated into the design and to verify that subsequent changes to the project have not affected our recommendations. We also recommend all geotechnically related work including foundation construction, subgrade preparation, and engineered fill placement be observed by the project Geotechnical Engineer. The • 00900-19 • Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 Geotechnical Engineer will perform appropriate testing to verify the geotechnical conditions which have been anticipated during the prepara- • tion of this report. The contract specifications should include the following or its equivalent: "The contractor will, upon becoming aware of subsurface or latent physical conditions differing from those disclosed by the original soil investigation work, promptly notify the owner verbally to permit verification of the conditions, and in writing, as to the nature of the differing conditions. No claim by the contractor for any conditions differing from those anticipated in the plans and specifications and disclosed by the soil studies will be allowed unless the contractor has so notified the owner, verbally and in writing, as required above, of such differing conditions." • 0 0 9 0 0—2 0 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 891-021 • APPENDIX Boring Location Plans Boring Logs General Notes Unified Soil Classification System • 0 0 9 0 0-21 Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. test ES 891-021 BORING NO. 1 boring record s,.a of PROJECT Carmel High Scnoo- Addition PROJECT NO, I3674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 • cIENT Everett Erowh Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NP STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH E.0' OFFSET N x/, WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry 24HR- * t 'i o - Atterberg c r c > e - l > > C a Soils/Material Description c _Ic - m V c _0 o f ,r v ,, = v - v n cL o a c c c. a a o - c -- r, ` .. LL P . I PI c.--'— ¢ ` c I cl: c; c E CD Cr — — _ L _,Topsoil 4.6/ t CL-ML, clayey Silt, some sand, trace 5,7 SS-1 100 3.25 12.8 _ gravel, very stiff, (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 _ CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 7 1 trace gravel, stiff to very stiff, 6,7 SS-2 100 1 .75 22.7 1 5 J moist, brown 1 2 3,5 SS'-3 100 2.75 19.5 J B.T.H. 8.0' 10 JNOTE 1 : slightly moist, brown 15 1 1 1 J 7 1 H i, i I 1 1 III J H i ! , Remarks *Caved in to 5.5' 00900-22 1 Driller: E. .'ohnson Helper: E. phi_:ipe Engineering & lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 217-29S-5511 S 891-021 BORING NO. 2 &kW of test boring record PROJECT Carmel High Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 • CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N,A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry 24HR. * c i - c o d ' a, c Atterberp - E c- L. = c ¢ _ 3 LImIts . c • o c c �.- c Soils/Material Description c r c- ; c E° c it C v C �' ° a II =�I = c a cn Q c,, E. — co V' :1- — I I L Topsoil �0•4/ ML, Clayey Silt, trace sand, stiff, 435 SS-1 100 1 .5 �� moist, brown 3.5 - SC, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, 4 7,7 SS-2 100 10.9 _■ .... medium dense, moist, brown 5.5 _. ICL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, trace gravel, stiff, moist, brown 6 5,5 SS-3 100 . — . - B.T.H. 8.0' 10 ,5 7 71 1 I 1 -I i B i H -{ J • Remarks *Caved in to 6.0' 00900-23 Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. ahillioe Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianacolis, Indiana 4.627E-1755 217-29-8511 EIS s 91-0 21 BORING NO. . 3 Shoot of test boring record 1 PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Audition PROJECT NO. i3674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 • CUEM Everett I. Erown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE NA ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry 24 HR. * -� o — , c AtterDerp _.. - e c c Limits r a • o = Soils/Material Description c t c- ; c E ° o O " C ^ ° c n °.c o c ° c LL PL I PI v. I` v. N L') G ca= V. 1 Topsoil 05 CL-ML. Clayey Silt, trace to some 6,75 SS-1 100 9.4 sand, trace gravel, (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace gravel, very stiff, moist, brown 7,8 SS-2 100 3.2° 9.8 5 6,7 SS-3 100 2.21 11 ,1 B.T.H. 8.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : stiff, moist, brown, with occasional rock fragments 1° — (possible fill) 1 -1 • H t < - I Remarks *Caved in to 5.5' 00910-24 Driller: B. Jonnson Heloer: E. Phillioe Enpineennc & lestinc Services, Inc. 575E West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiare 4E278-1755 317-29-851' 11868 91-0 21 BORING NO. 4 sheet of 1 tes 4. boring record PROJECT Carmel Hign School Adoition PROJECT NO. I3674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 • CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry 24 1-1F4.* Atternerp E - moil .... a Z a' - • > a c L. a .. .. Limit6 r m • n Soils/Material Description c - c= 3 _ E o o f• —C w C e ' a! ar o _ c C. '- a c a ° a r. _ LL PL PI ¢r�! c a, Q L'`c C m U — \Toosoi1 /6Q.5 / CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 4 5,5 SS-1 100 1 .75 18.6 I trace gravel, stiff, moist, brown 4 1 5,5 SS-2 100 1 .75 21 .9 5 H 2 3,3 SS-3 100 1 .0 24.1 - B.T.H. 8.0' 10 --, 15 7 3 I _, -i I Remarks *Caved in to 5.5' 00900-25 Driller: B. Johnson Heloer: E. Phillioe Engineering &lestinc Serv4,es, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 317-29S-8571 . 8 91—0 21 BORING NO. 5 test > 1 of boring record PROJECT Carmei High School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 • CUE T Everett I. Brown Comoany RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST C CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N . WATER LEVEL—FIRST 7.5' COMPLETION Dry 24 HFL _ _ 1 AtterDerp * >re ` >. o E c—c- a a` _ .. • D. - LimitE r_c n r Solis/Material Description ¢ r c= 3 c E ° ° ^= e = �= al or _ n . n = c ° - v .� o d LL PL RI iir� � c n, to v e rD v. - ` i Toosoi1 'P.5 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, trace 5,5 SS-1 100 19.6 gravel. stiff, moist, (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 ICL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 7�7 SS-2 100 1 .0 25.2 5 —] trace gravel, stiff, moist, brown 6.5 fCL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace 2 (gravel, soft, very moist, brown 2,2 SS-3 100 0.25 20.3 _ —r B.T.H. 8.0' 10 -- NOTE 1 : brown (possible fill) 15 1 J I -1 1 1 1 7 I 1 i -d i I 7 i 0 I Remarks *Caved in to 5.5' 00900-26 7.)'i1ler: B. Johnson Helper: E. phillioe Encineerine & resting Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E278-1755 317-299-8511 test EIS 891-021 BORING NO. 6 boring record Shoot of PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 DTIOIJ Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 ENT Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N'A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 7INAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMoLETIONDry 24 HF1-* r - _ c _ >. AtterDerp m >. i � a E ... gr-L c a _ .. - ^ LimltE ra • 0, c • Soils/Material Description c 6 a 3 E o ` K C c y v o " n c L oIT ` c = o ` c ., 'I s � v LL PL PI 17- i v. a it-) O I(L c ` t0 �� J To soil n0,5A ML, Clayey Silt, trace to some sand, 657 SS-1 100 19,1 ' trace gravel, stiff, (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 5H67.8 SS-2 100 2.25 12.2 CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace gravel, very stiff, moist, brown 4 5,6 SS-3 100 2.75 12.5 1 B.T.H. 8.0' 10 -] -. NOTE 1 : slightly moist, brown 15 — I 1 7 I H H 1 - --1 I . , FemaCaved in to 5.5' 00900-27 • Dr_1_ler: S. Johnson Heloer: E. phillioe Endineerinc fi iestinc Services. Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indian 4E275-1755 2 29E-2571 test ES 891-021 BORING NO. ' - boring record Shoot 1 of ' PROJECT Carmel sign Scnooi Audition PROJECT NO. I367a DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Cannel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 411 ��T Everett Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N,'A COI:: SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N 'A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 4.0' COMPLETION Dry 24 HR. * o Z ..... >. id Atterberg LITITE Soils/Material Lescription r = c c ° E o c f ¢ y .. " vI t o,c _ ` c. 6 C — 3 C C C v C — — .- b y I (.. C G �' ¢ - 11PI cr, a rn D e c c° ¢ - Topsoil 5 / 556 SS-1 100 22.9 CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, trace gravel, stiff to soft, slightly 3,3 SS-2 100 0.25 23.6 5 moist to very moist, brown and gray 3 to brown after 3.0' 3,4 SS-3 100 0.50 19.8 - B.T.H. 8.0' 10 7 15 1 1 1 1 I 1 -1 7 7 7 ID --1 --i . Remarks *jCaved in to 4.51 00900-28 Drille,: B. Johnson Helper: E. pnillioe _ngineerinc 8 1estinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis. Indiana 4627E-1755 317-29.-8511 891-021 BORING NO. 8 test BB boring record Shoot of 1 PROJECT L.arme: Hign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 'ENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST C. CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL—FIRST Dry COMDLETION Dry 24 HR. t r T o �, Atteroerg E = _ a c .. .. = LITRE _ ` a _ a Soils/Material Description ¢ c : 3 E 2 > v C v = n' a �T _ c dr, = n ¢ c, o — c c .. v s LL Pi. PI 1v. `I u. fA Q Gi — L Topsoil t0•6 CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 5 trace gravel, very stiff,(SEE NOTE 1 )3.0 6,6 SS 1 100 2.0 25.9 4 5 CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace 6,6 SS-2 100 1 .5 10.4 5 gravel, stiff to very stiff, moist, brown, with occasional thin sand 5 seams after 6.5' 7,9 SS-3 100 11_9 B.T.H. 8.0' IC 15 -- NOTE 1 : moist, brown (possible fill) 1 1 1 7 11 3 _d • 311 i Remarks *Caved in to 5.7' 00900-29 Driller: E. Johnson Helper: E. phillioe Engineering b. Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 2t 7-29S--85" test NIE 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 9 boring record 13,..t of PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 4101JEWT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A COU SIZE N-A. ELEVATION NE STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATEF LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETIONDry 24 HR. • f _ - .c o �, v T AtterDarp -- E v c a c i _ = = _ _ r v- LimltE it o 6 c 'Io c • Soils/Material Description — : c E c e o N - - - a = �i` n m 4 c _ c — c „ C v — a, I - PL PI ;CT ��� v, } I , To soil r,0,4/, - CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 446 SS-1 100 /2.0 20.3 trace gravel, medium (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, trace 536 SS-2 100 1 ,75 25.0 i I 5 —yI gravel, stiff to medium stiff, moist 1 to very moist, brown 7,7 , -3 1QQ 0_75, 25_7 C B.T.H. 8.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : stiff, moist, brown and gray 75 (possible fill) J i 1 j i I Ili -1 Remarks *Caved in to 5.8' 00900-30 Driller: S. Johnson Helper: E. Phillioe Enpineerin_ & Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74tr Street Indianapolis. Indian 4E2'E-i755 217-29c--8"' ' test 186 891-021 BORING No. 10 boring record Sheet ' of PROJECT Larmel Hign Scnool Addition PROJECT NO, 13674 DATE STARTED 6-4-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-4-90 •CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE AT\ CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 3 DISTURBED 3 UNDIST C CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 8.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry 24 HR. + - _ AtterDerp E `er �c L L'mitE r e • o = Soils/Material Description ¢ = c - 3 • c° o e C = ^c N c nl e ==l` E : c _ ( - LL -- PL PI v �I c. ' J Toosoi l /0.5 CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace 5,7 5S-1 100 4.5+ 8.7 gravel, very stiff, slightly moist to moist, brown 7 7,8 SS-2 100 2.0 10.6 5 - i 7.0 14 (SEE NOTE 1 ) 7,11 SS-3 100 B.T.H. 8.0' 10. — 5 —NOTE 1 : SM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, trace gravel, medium dense, wet, brown 1 1 H 7 • 7 Remarks *Caved in to 5.6' 00900-31 Driller: B. Johnson Helber: E. pnillioe Engineering & lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 C17-29S-8511 ISE891-021 B RiNG NO. 11 test boring record 'PROJECT Carmel High Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 • LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 GLIErIT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE C FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N;A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 4.0' COMPLETIONDry HR. Atteroer� 1 C roil .. > a E �. c L Z c d _ T- = LITRE rm .I a D Soils/Material Descrtptlon c = c_ 3 _° o { O v C " - = ni nr c c - c a ° - c " - o - d c C to © L� ¢ r to U.' ,(2: ..� - ` L L P` PI I` ` C" O L '- - I Topsoil 4 ML, Clayey Silt, trace sand, medium 4,5 SS 1 100 28.2 stiff, slightly moist, brown 4.0 1 (SEE NOTE 1 ) 4,6 SS-2 100 - i B.T.H. 5.0' 1 1 10 ..] i NOTE 1 : SM, Silty Sand, loose, very moist, brown, with occasional Jwet sand and gravel seams 1 ,s _ J H 7 I I i 4-1 7 7 1 1 1 1 i -; , 1 . Remarks 00900-32 • I Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. Pr'.-lioe Enoineerinc &lestinc Services. Inc. 575E west 7Gth Street Indianapolis. Indian 4€2TE-1755 217-299-8511 El5891-021 BORING No. 12 test boring record PROJECT Carmel Hign School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CLIENT Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N 'A C'' SIZE NIA ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N;ti WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. ? Atterberc L Z a- - > c E a .. r = LimIte r¢ •io 7.2 Soils/Material Description c - 3 E o a v C _ - a o c I IC = C. v a _ LL PL PI v I v C. m a m — —t`Topsoil .0.7 ICL, Sandy Clay, trace to some gravel, 335 SS-1 100 2.0 21 .2 very stiff, moist, brown (possible ~ fill) (SEE NOTE 1 ) \4,5 4 5,4 SS-2 100 1 .0 21 .2 5 J B.T.H. 5,0' -1 ... 10 - NOTE 1 : CL, Silty Clay, trace sand. stiff, moist, gray 1 -d H 1 • J Remarks 00900-33 Dri'_:e-: B. Johnson tie:oer: E. ohil__ioe EncIneerinc 6 lestinc Servk,es. Inc. 575E West lath Street Indienaool s. Indiene 4E27E-i755 2,17-29-8E" ISB891—0 21 BORING NO. 1' test boring record PROJECT Carmel riign Scnooi AoottIoniii PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 ' LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CLIENT Everett1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N 'A CORE SIB N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATEF LEVEL-FIRST pry COMPLETION Dry HR. ^T c Atterberp E c �- c _ Lv 7, imits r_c • c. c • r Sous/Material Description c - c c ; c E ° c C °CrC N v c ni a' = : c a N cii, o mv .. , vl LL PL I PI Cr v i Topsoil ^ 0.7i CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 2 2,4 SS-1 100 2.25 22.a, stiff, moist, brown 3,5, -V (SEE NOTE 1 )/ ` 4.5 2 ' (SEE NOTE 2) 1,1 _ SS-2 100 22. i E.T.H. 5.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : SC, Clayey Sand, very lose, moist, brown. NOTE 2: ML, Silt, trace sand, very loose, moist, light brown ,5 1 7 7 -1 • J , Remarks • 00900-34 Driller: B. Johnson -teloer: E. phillioe 0, Enclneerin^ & 'Testinc Servtr.es Inn. 57FF We . 74t- S troo• Inri,artannlir Irv!ionr- GF�-',=-..7.= :7`.7_^oc—c-. 891-021 BOG Nof0 14 test EIB boring record srr.t ' PROJECT Carmel Hign School Additionill PROJECT NO. I3674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 cuENT Everett Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE c FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N;A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETIONpry HF� -► c 0 ` ,^ T n AtterDerp ..L z > a E c c .. .. E �- _ Umtts r¢ o - .r. Soils/Material DescrIptior ¢ = 7 .. 3 c E o o r� O a C = ° t ° LO o c S. = - c o - c S C LL PL PI rr = v, a to DP in c m I Topsoil / 0,8, c_ 1 CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 3?4 SS-1 100 1 .5 20.0 trace gravel, stiff, moist, brown 4.3 (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.4 SS-2 100 5 1 - B.T.H. 5.0' - NOTE 1 : SM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, 10 —' trace gravel, loose, moist brown 15 1 7 3 --1 --1 1 Remarks 00900-35 Dril_le-: S. Johnson Helper: E. °billioe -^^innonin'• £. Toct,r,- Cor•,,. ce In,- =.=- Woe' '7/tr Co..... In',,ononnI t Ineilonc d0^-•L-'-qc _nCG test BB 891-021 E3ORING NO. 15 , boring record sot... of PROJECT :,arme. Hign School Additionel PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATE' CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NP, STATION N'A NC.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N'! WATER LEVEL-FIRST pry COMPLETION pry HP r c Atteroarg r c ` .. r c E c- �- c - _ - >. LlmitE r¢ a _ c. _ to Soils/Material Description c - c= 3 c E E. c f A `" ,, H ° t " = u, Lam' c = n c a c — c c `" "' c L� PL PI it �-I— d1 r 1 ,Topsoil �0.6� 1 CL, Sandy Clay, trace to some gravel, 4,63 SS-1 100 1 .75 24.1 stiff, moist, brown � 3 /(SEE NOTE 1 ) �4.5 3.3, SS-2 100 5 - B.T.H. 5.0' i 1 NOTE 1 : SM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, 10 trace gravel, loose, moist, brown 1 _. 1 J 7 i 7 B 1 J J • J H ! Remarks 00900-36 I. D-_'ler. 9. Johnson Hel_oe-: E. ohillioe =nn.noorinr £ -roc,,,, C.nr... cc Iv 0 Woo• -.A♦' 0,-oc• In.4,onennlir Inrirone dce-•C_•-CC _"ado 891-021 test ISISBOR'"G NO boring record Shoot of 1 6 , PROJECT Carmel Hign School Additionill PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 5-5-90 CLIEIJf Everett Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N,A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE C FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST4.01 COMOLETION Dry HR. •• t c „. .. a, Atterberp E c- � Q e .. _ = Limits a- re). i• cal `� L a an T. •• > — C - 2F U r i s E C Soils/Material Description c c _ 3 d E o o �! C u v _ _ o a _ a Cl; a ` CO a - cr. —I_ cr ` - L ' _Topsoil ,0.7 CL, Sandy Clay, trace to some gravel, 3? - 4 SS_, 100 2.0 20.3 very stiff, moist, brown -_-(SEE NOTE 1 ) \,4.0 (SEE NOTE 2) \4,8 5,9 SS-2 100 5 1 B.T.H. 5.0' 1 10 - - NOTE 1 : SM-SP, Medium to Coarse Sand, - trace to some gravel, medium - • dense, wet, brown 15 — NOTE 2: CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, trace sand, stiff, moist, brown 1 i 7I J t 1 I 3 1 -{ Remarks 00900-37 Driller: E. Johnson Heloer: E. phillioe noinperinc S 7pstinc SPrvt es. inn 575E Was' 74th Srpe• Indiprmn lis Indian 4E'27F-175r O17-29c_8E' 891-021 17 test 1515 BORING NO. boring record sn..t of illiPROJECT Carmel Hign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. I3674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CuENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0 OFcSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. 1 _ Atterberp jL C �. V E �. c`c ¢ _ .. .. T== Limit£ .o C • 4 ?i - V C Soils/Material Description c = c = 3 E _° c K C _' C. :2 " o. a L Z. - a _ ` - a L. P. PI u T v a cn � �: nC co v - 1 Topsoil , 0.7 n CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 4?5 SS-1 100 2.0 20.0 Jtrace gravel, very stiff, moist, i I brown 4.0 (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.4 SS-2 100 0.5 24.8 5 — i B.T.H. 5.0' 1 1C — NOTE 1 : CL, Sandy Clay, trace to some gravel, medium stiff, very moist, brown 15 —1 1 1 7 _J _I I I I i _I J o I I Remarks 00900-38 D-ilier: B. Jonnson Helper! E. P^illioe Endineering & 'resting Services, Inc. 575E West 7e.tI Street Indianapolis. Indiana L-E2787755 C 17729S -851 891-021 t8 test 11518 '"� NO� boring record sn.et of PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Additionii PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6 5-90 cJENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N%A CORE SIZE N'A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST C CORE C FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N A WATER LEVEL-F1RSTq 7 COMPLETION Dry HR. c Atternerp E o ., - c d -= Limits L m .I a - O Z c G O > O �. G N li >'v UI QL OIt C Sons/Material Uescnption ¢ _ c - 3 E o C = _ i a Lam' z. n c a c - . - c -- o .r LL PL PI •ot - � v. - • O L f Topsoil ti0. .A CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff', 6,64 SS-1 100 1 .5 17,E moist, brown - 4.0 ~ (SEE NOTE 1 ) 2,3 SS-2 100 5 B.T.H. 5.0' 10 - - NOTE 1 : Sid, Silty Sand, some gravel, - loose, wet, brown, with - occasional boulders. 15 — 1 7 a 1 H III _I Remarks 00900-39 Griner: B. Jonnson Helper: E. °ni'_iioe naineennc S Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indiartaoolis. Inciane 4E27E-1755 017-29 511 8 91-0 21 BORING No test ISISboring record 19 Shoot.1 of ' PROJECT Carmel reign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 ajar. Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 5 COMPLETION Dry HF4 o c T Atterberp >. Q IE _ c< <- .. m .. _ T_ Limits rs • o-_ Soils/Materiel Description 1 c -_ c= 3 c c o o C v C '^ " = al Cm.C °i` a n c d o c _ �- e - d L` PL PI tr”. 1 u. Topsoil it\ • / . SC, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, med- 4 5,5 SS-1 100 19.5 ium dense, moist, brown 3,5 _ (SEE NOTE 1 ) (SEE NOTE 2) ` 4.8 5,15 SS-2 100 2.5 21 .6 —. j B.T.H. 5.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : SM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, _ _ some gravel, medium dense, wet, brown NOTE 2: CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, very stiff, moist, brown - 1 H 7 Remarks 00900-40 Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. phil1_ioe . neineerinc & 1estinc Services, Inc. 575E West 74tr Street Indianapolis. Indian& 4C27E-1'55 2 17-29`-8_E" - test SIS891-021 BORING NO. 20 _ boring record Beret of 1 PROJECT Garmei Hign Scnooi Addition PROJECT NO. I3674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 LOCJ1710N Carmel, IN N/A CEN LIT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIB ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST pry COMPLETION Dry H R. — AtterDerp r o i - > n E_ a= L c a _ > >- _I LimitE I. o oa c Soils/Material Description c c - g c E ° Cl0 _ C v = c a ` ` G e a L _ c - c 0 IL_ LL °L PI ,u.r, u, c � ` a u) V c c m u - Topsoil A�� �CL, Sandy Clay, trace to some gravel 3 4,5 SS-1 100 2.25 19.1 very stiff, moist, brown (possible -I fill) 14.0 ( (SEE NOTE 1 ) 333 SS-2 100 SiB.T.H. 5.0' -( 10 NOTE 1 : SM, Silty Sand, trace to some gravel, loose, wet, 1 brown I 1 i i 1 i -., i 1 H Remarks 00900-41 D.-ill-en: E. Jon^son Helper: E. aniliioe En?ineerinc fi Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indian800lis. Indiane 4E27E-1755 317-29E-851 , 8 91—0 21 BORtNG No. 21 lES tom.. or test boring record PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Additionill PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN IENT Everett I. Brown Company BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N 2 UNDIST C CORE C CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N-p WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. _`� o - —' r Atteroerp c r Solis/Material Description aaQ ; ° o f C v C o L. a • Lo L o Q _ ` v ` a Cc = o; a ` co 0 Topsoil ,r0.5^, CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 4.63 SS-1 100 2 25 20 4 stiff, moist, brown - E (SEE NOTE 1 ) ` 4.5 341 SS-2 100 5 j ` B.T.H. 5.0' 71 10 NOTE 1 : SM, Silty Sand, trace to some gravel, loose, wet, brown • 7 J I H 7 J I Remarks 00900-42 , C-i_ler: B. Johnsor Helper: E. Phi'llbe _naineerine b Testinc Services, Inc. 575E West 74th Street Indianapolis. Indiana 4E27E-1755 317-29-8511 test 1185 891-021 BORING No. 22 boring record sn..t 1 of 1 'PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 41111 Cjar Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N,A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST COMPLETION HR. f - _ too `, ^ T ' w AtterD.rp Q a E .. c- L m a CI Llmlt6 r c o c c >- r_o D - C r Soiis/Material Description c = c = c E ° o ., e O = = al c= _ 2 a . a c a c _ c c o - "I LL PL PI its� tt a rn m ii ii E to V, 2. O L Topsoil , 0.7 CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 3 - 5,5 SS-1 100 2.5 20.2 - stiff, moist, brown J, (SEE NOTE 1 ) \ 4'S ' 4,6 SS-2 100 5 -, B.T.H. 5.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : SP, Fine to Medium Sand, - trace to some gravel, medium -� dense, very moist, brown 15 7 3 H H 1 • --i , I Remarks 00900-43 Dille n E. Johnson Helper: E. ohil ioe Engineerinc & "resting Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiane 4E27E-1755 31 7-29S-£511 test SG891-021 +� Na 2� boring record Suet ' of t PROJECT Carmel High School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel. IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 •CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NP STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST C CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N'A WATER LEVEL-FIRSTDry COMPLETION Dry HP. - _T - AtterDerc E r. c- L ? c .. .. = = LImItE rm • — Sons/Material Description c _ c = 3 d E ° c r C = O 0 = - c a 5 = c L n 6 c c _ c - ¢ .., .. LL PL PI ¢ V. a m = v.,• C- cc _ Topsoil ) 0.7/ I 4 — CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff, 4,4 SS-1 100 1.25 20. - moist, brown (possible fill) 4.0 - (SEE NOTE 1 ) 4,4 SS-2 100 5 } B.T.H. 5.0' 1 1C — NOTE 1 : ML, Silt, trace sand, loose, - moist, brown 1 ]15 H I 1 7 7 1 1 J 110 1 I Remarks 00900-44 Driller: E. Jcnrsor '1elcer: B. ahil'_ioe Engineering & 'Testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74tn Street Indianapolis. Indiana 4E27E-1755 217-2951 1 test s 91—0 21 �� No 24 boring record Shoot of °ROJECT Carmel Hign School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 _DCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 �IENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATv CASING DIA. NiA CORE SIZE N%A 1EVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 -INAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. f _ o e Atterberp - E .: -c,- � m m .. _ ? >_ Limits ra a "' t t n E O > tf C v .G. vi v li r m 3, a L O s c �' C Soils/Material Description c — c E .2 o C _ —. — n — _ a, 0O Z; a E IDCr -- Topsoil 1,0.6/ 3 - CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 3,4 SS-1 100 2.50 19.4 - stiff, moist, brown :'(SEE NOTE 1 ) r4,5 3,3 SS-2 100 l 5 B.T.H. 5.0' R I10 ] NOTE 1 : SM, Silty Sand, trace gravel loose, very moist, brown 15 — • 7 1 3 1 7 I B 411 -_,i Remarks 00900-45 Driller: E. Johnson Helper: E. °hillioe Engineerinc &lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 3 7-29S-85 1 test ISE 891-021 BORING NO. . 25 boring record sr. of ' PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnooi Aodltion PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 .JEj,4T Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N%A CORE SIZE N-A (ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 `FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR.. ..T c Z c a, ... T a, AtterDerg a E _ c-� ,� c - .. =_ Limits r a c Soils/Material Description .c c m _ a o ' ' v C v. v 0, ).' -, U ¢L o c E c e 6 — x — E , c .. C — .. — d .ac ` Z. a ° ° — c a LL PL PI it"- — il, Topsoil . 0.7/ — CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 4?5 SS-1 100 3.75 21 .7 stiff, moist, brown 3.0 (SEE NOTE 1 ) : (SEE NOTE 2) ` 4.8 3,3 SS-2 100 0.5 20.3 5 • B.T.H. 5.0' 1 —I NOTE 1 : CL, Silty Clay, trace to 1C some sand, trace gravel medium stiff, very moist, brown and gray NOTE 2: SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, 1s loose, very moist, brown 7 7 2 -1 1y 1 7 1 1 "H J H Remarks 00900-46 Dri_ier: 9. Johnson Heloe-: E. ohillioe Enaineerinc &lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 017-29E-8511 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 26 . test Eli3 boring record Shoot ' of 1 PROJECT Carmel Hign School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 • CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A COCE SIZE N,A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. = o Z. .. > e AttarDerc E . C. r a~ � a c _ its r a cc E ° t - vv c L o o r Soils/Matenal Description - c o C c _ — a c fc - c = n = c c - Li _ `r = _ a, . `' -IC C ILL PL PI v a. a cnmy a - mv . Topsoil /0.6 A _ CL, Sandy Clay, trace bravel, stiff, 3j4 SS-1 100 1 ,751 20.9 moist, brown -, 3.5 _ - CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, very 3 stiff, moist, brown (SEE NOTE 1 ) 4,5 SS-2 100 2.25 20.8 5 B.T.H. 5.0' -1 10 !NOTE 1 : and gray, with occasional silt seams J 5 _. i 1 1 7 7 7 _J d • -i -I Remarks 00900-47 t Driller: E. Johnson Helper: E. Phil'-ioe Enccneerinc & lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 317-29EE511 ES8 91-0 21 BORING No. 27 Shoot or , test boring record PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel. IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 • plan Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HR. = Atteroerg .� > a - E c i i .. .. 5 T_ = Limits ›. •lo a r Soils/Material Description ¢ r ^ E o• o ,=, v C _� v nl cL = c 3 c _ G = ° c v `� s LL P_ PI v7 cr, Topsoil /0.6 A CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff 436 SS-1 100 1 .5 21 .6 to medium stiff, moist to very moist, brown, with trace (SEE NOTE 1 ) 4 '(SEE NOTE 2) \4.8 5,5 SS-2 100 0.5 23.0 5 B.T.H. 5.0' J -. NOTE 1 : weathered stone fragments 10 - - NOTE 2: SP, Fine to Medium Sand, trace gravel, medium dense, moist, brown 15 — 1 J I -, 7 7 J 11111 1 Remarks 00900-48 ✓rii e-: B. Johnson Heiner: E. Phillipe Enpineerinc &lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4627E--.755 317-291-8511 8 91-0 21 test boring record BORING NO. 28 Sheet of 'PROJECT Carmel Hign School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 • CLIENT Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIB N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST C CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRSTDry COMPLETION Dry HR. Atterberp E c- c- ¢ o .. .. -CI Limltt .c me • D . Soils/Material Description cL ; Ee C ;; m r e CI ` nmcc _ c c .r c c LL PL PI v. v. to CI. — 0 v; _ _ r`Topsoil / �•6 • CL, Sandy Clay• trace gravel, very 5�' SS 1 100 2.5 20.4 - stiff to stiff, moist, brown 4 5,5 SS-2 100 , 1 .5 23.2 5 —' B.T.H. 5.0' 1C 15 — • 7 • Remarks • 00900-49 j D ille.. S. Jonnson Helper: E. Phillioe Enoineerinc b lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 7ctt• Street Indianapolis. Indiana 4627E-1755 3 17-29--E5' 116 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 29 of test Sheol boring record • PROJECT Carmel High School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 • LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CLIENT Everett '. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N7A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST Dry COMPLETION Dry HFr. -0 c i ,^ Attero.rp > T 6 E c : _ Limps •ra .I p- Soils/Material Description Cr t c= ; c E ° o C = C = " = n ° -��` c C. m c c - ` u y LL PL I PI .c,- v • Topsoil / 0.6^ ML, Clayey Silt, trace sand, stilt, 3 3,3 SS-1 1 .0 20.2, _ moist, brown 4.0. 6 (SEE NOTE 1 ) 7,7 SS-2 5 B.T.H. 5.0' - NOTE 1 : ML, Silt, trace sand, 10 -- medium dense, slightly moist, brown 15 -- 1 a R Remarks 00900-50 Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E.• ahillime Engineering &lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis. Indians 4E27E-1755 21 7-29S--851', 8 91—0 21 BORING NO. 30 test EIB boring record Shoot 1 of 1 PROJECT Carmel High School Addition PROJECT NO, I3674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 IrcLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 2 DISTURBED 2 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 5.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL—FIRST 3.5' COMPLETION Dry HR. _r =0 0 AtterDerp E c n _ _ — = Limits r d • o Soils/Material Description c L c 3 c E _o o tf C v _ `.1] aL o�� E ` — — Z r, r r c c = o = a o — .. o LL PL PI Iv c. a to ffiL - m c Topsoil 0.6,E CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, med- 3?5 SS-1 100 20.1 ium stiff, moist, brown 3.5 J (SEE NOTE 1) 3 8 3 0 75// (SEE NOTE 2) 6,9 SS-2 100 3.25 24.1 5 — B.T.H. 5.0' 10 — NOTE 1 : SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel. loose, wet, brown - NOTE 2: CL-ML, Clayey Silt, trace to some sand, trace gravel, 15 —• medium stiff to very stiff, very moist to slightly moist, brown 1 _I 1 1 H a H • 1 Remarks 00900-51 D-iller: B. Johnson Helper: E. Rnillioe Enoineerinc &7estinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indian 4527E-1755 3 17-29S-857 t �, test ISS 891-021 BORING Na boring record of 1 PROJECT Carmel Hign 5cnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 •CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N';. WATER LEVEL—FIRST 4 0' COMPLETION 8 2' 24 HF6 5 2' - O o Z ›. w Atterberp — a t E c c e c _ _ — _ �_ _ Limits �` o• _c o c. r Soils/Material Description c — c 7 ; E c o e C v C : ° v a` n = : c _ a - c - c — m " — o LL PL. PI .r ` tf � i _ c L I j- Topsoil / 0.7, I . ...1CL, Silty Clay, trace to some sand, 4 trace gravel, very (SEE NOTE 1 ) 3.0 5,5 SS-1 100 i 3,01 15,8 SM, Silty Sand, trace gravel, loose, — 2 moist to wet, brown 5 5 3,2 SS-2 100 5 - — SC, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, very 2 loose, very moist, brown 8 0 2,2 SS-3 100 1 25.4 1 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, medium 4 7 stiff, moist, gray with intermittent 6,8 SS-4 100 0.75 19.6 p silt seams SP, Medium to Coarse Sand, trace to some gravel, medium dense, wet, 4 brown 6,9 SS-5 — B.T.H. 15.0' NOTE 1 : stiff, slightly moist, brown 1 1 7 2 J 0 1 Remarks 00900-52 Driller: E. Johnson Helder: E. Phillioe Encineerinc &lestinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E—1755 317-29S 8511 ES8 91—0 21 BORING NO, 32 sn..t 1 of 1 test boring record PROJECT Carmel HIgn Scnool Addition411 PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 CUEM Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N'A CORE SIB N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 3,5 COMPLETION 12.5' 24 HR.S 3 E - •oc •,, .. a. c Atterb.rp Za .. c-�- c .. 5 LimitE m 0,-E, o. ' a - - c. a.v — -, oc Soils/Material Description c - c- m E o o f v, N v 2v - - a c E a. o c Z O - C - - d i= - c c _ L o c m .. s LL PL PI Iv_ T c - a to w v, c - m N L Topsoil /,0,6/ I - SC, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, med- 6410 SS-1 100 20.2 ium dense, moist, brown 3 5 I - SM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, 4 3,4 SS-2 100 , 5 loose, wet, brown I 7.0 4,8 I SS-3 100 0.75 20.9 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, medium t stiff, moist, dray S_5 9 - ML, Silt, medium dense, moist, gray 10,11 SS-4 100 10 11 .0 CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, - trace gravel, medium stiff, moist, gray with occasional sand and 5 5 I gravel seams 7,9 SS-5 0.75 11.6 - B.T.H. 15.0' i 7 7 7 1 H J J d R -1 • 31 , . I Remarks 00900-53 Driller: E. Johnson Helper: E. pnillioe Enaineerinc &lestinc Services, inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4627E-1755 317-29.S-8511 33 test EIS8 91—0 21 BORING ►� boring record Shootof PROJECT Carmel High School Addition PROJECT NO, I3674 DATE STARTED 6-5-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-5-90 �• pjT Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR, N/A CORE SL N/A ELEVATION NP, STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 3.5' COMPLETION 11 .8' 24HR. 6.0' = Atterberp E .., c c ` a ¢ .. .. .. Llmit6 .''a d .. Soils/Material Description e - c= 3 E c o IF C v, p N , e - c G/ , .p n - a _ c o _ a — " .— S L . PL. PI try v, a too cn a m _ , JTopsoil ,, 0.a,, CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, very 7511 SS-1 100 3.25 21 ,5 — stiff, slightly moist, brown 3.5 f - SM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, 3,4 SS-2 100 loose, wet, brown 1 7.0 4 5,7 , SS-3 100 MC, Silt, trace sand, medium dense, i moist, brown to gray after 7.5' 8 10,12 SS-4 100 10 -- 12.0 _CL-ML, Clayey Silt, some sand, trace i _ gravel, hard, slightly moist, gray 6 7,8 SS-5 100 4.25 10.0 15 B.T.H. 15.0' 7 1 1 1 1 3 _. _7 fl 1 1 • J 1 Remarks 00900-54 Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. phillioe Enaineerinc &?estinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E27E-1755 317-299-8511 EIS8 91—0 21 BORING NO. 34 8h..t 1 of test boring record PROJECT Carmel Hign School Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 • aJENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 6.0' COMPLETION 12.4' 8 HR. 6.0'41 _ o _ Atterberp T O E % L. Z m = =^ ' a c- m c LIMITS r c t Soils/Materiel Description c o _ - c E o Ov, C = V _ a a'= = - G o c o - a a to c ¢ - cc N C LL PL PI ,tr."- - cc. p L . Topsoil /.0.6, _ i CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff, 647 SS-1 100 1 .25 21 .3 moist, brown 3.0 -SM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, 327 SS-2 100 5 — medium dense, moist to wet, brown -Ito gray atter 8.0' 7 7,14 SS-3 100 5 ' 12 7 8,7 SS-4 100 - 12.5 -CL, Silty Clay, medium stiff, moist, . - gray 4,5 SS-5 100 0.5 20.2 T B.T.H. 15.0' 7 I 1 7 H 1 • i Remarks *Caved in to 12,4' 00900-55 Driller: S. Johnson Helper: E. Phillioe Engineerinc &Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indian 4627E-1755 317-299-8511 zest IRIE 8 91-0 21 8ORNG NO. 35 boring record Sheet 1 of 1 PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnooi Aaaition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 • CUENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST C CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 5.0' COMPLETION 7.2' 4 HR. 6.2, ` = Atterbefg _ L O �` �. ). _ T a E . t- L m ^ 7 ^ Limlts .°a • p E. L Soils/Material Description a = c tr If 3 c E Z u - C C V o y aL o ` ` a c °' - PI c - - c ` m � LL PL ¢ v ` _,Topsoil /�0 $ SL, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, med- 4 .., 6,7 SS-1 16.5 - ium dense, moist, brown 3.5 - 4 SM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, med- 6,7 SS-2 5 — ium dense, moist to wet, brown to gray after 8.0' , with occasional 86 ,10 SS-3 silty clay seams after 8.0' • I 5,7 SS-4 -/.5 25.4 , 10 — 12.5 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, stiff, I Hmoist, gray 3,4 SS-5 1.25 26 6 15 B.T.H. 15.0' i 1 7 _d III I I Remarks 00900-56 i. Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. Phillioe Enoineerinc &Testinc Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46278-1755 317-29 11 test 1158 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 36 boring record 8h..t of 'PROJECT Carmei Hian Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. I3674 DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 • CUENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR. N'A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 3.0' COMPLETION 6.0, 2 HR. 5.6, j E AtterDerp -• E .- o _ I d - - " c- ¢ r- = LimitE Ira o a c r Soils/Material Description Z. c= 3 c C. o f C v Q. v v _ 4 a 1 ` i - c = n = a c - u - LL PL PI am^ v 4 x Topsoil i 0.7i I SC, Clayey Sand, trace ravel, med- 4 Y Y 9 6,6 SS-1 100 19.2 lium dense, moist, brown , 3.0 jSM SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, med i 7,7 SS-2 100 5 Iium dense, wet, brown to gray after 18.5' , with occasional thin silty 6 clay seams after 6.0' 9,12 SS-3 100 , 6 4,7 SS-4 100 10 -3 I 12.0 ]CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, trace gravel, stiff, moist, gray 4 2,3 SS-5 100 1 .0 22,6 15 I B.T.H. 15.0' J I 1 7 1 I 1 1 I i _I • i Remarks 00900-57 Driller: 3. Johnson Heloer: E. phillioe Enpineerinc &testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4E275-1755 317-29-8511 test 11616 891-021 BORING NO. 37 boring record Shoat of PROJECT Carmel Hign Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel. IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 CLIENT Everett 1. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DR. N/A CORE SIZE N A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL—FIRST4.0' COMPLETION 6.0' 5 HF. 5.7' c Atterberp o ` - - > a E :. a—` _ a [ .. .. = LmltE m • c • Soils/Materiel Description c .. f� c— 3 E c c v C a I-E. n ¢ °' c — a — c . ° e ._ — [ ` a, N fI ¢ m G LL PL1PI Cr. I_.topsoil / 0.6, SC, Clayey Sand, trace gravel, med- 4 17 2 5,5 SS-1 100 ium dense, moist, brown '" 4.0h ' SP, Medium to Coarse Sand, trace 50/.4 SS-2 , 100 5 gravel, medium dense, (SEE NOTE 1 ) 6.0 } i JSM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, med- 11 ,12 SS-3 100 , .. ium dense, wet, brown to gray after —8.0' , with occasional silty clay 6,75 SS-4 100 0.5 21 .5 1C seams after 8.0' 10.0 CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, medium stiff, moist, gray, with occasional silt seams 4,5 � SS-5 100 , 0.75 23.6 15 — B.T.H. 15.0' (NOTE 1 : wet, brown, with occasional 7 cobbles or boulders 1 1 7 7 H 7 i • -i "'; , i Remarks 00900-58 t Drilie r: E. Johnson Helper: E. pnillioe Engineering &'testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4C27E-1755 317-2948 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 38 test ISIS boring record s>h..t of 1 PROJECT Game). Hign Scnool Addition PROJECT NO. 13674 DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 • CLIENT Everett I. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N,'A COME SIZE N'A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 3.5, COMPLETION 4.6' IOHR. 4,8'c ...' Atterberp E v z c Q -. - o r^ cc- t- -. c c Limite ir>.a • p Soils/Material Description c -- c _ 3 = E o o e c "' G = v ' c n 1 Q r °i c c e C - _ c r. a is; m V ¢: C m A 0.74 1 1 CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff, 3 dTopsoil 5,6 SS-1 100 , 1 .75 17.6 1 moist, brown 1 I 3.5. . ISM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, trace gravel, loose, wet, brown 2?4 SS-2 100 t J 6.5 ' 567 SS-3 100 .t ISM-SP, Fine Sand, trace gravel, med- lium dense, moist, brown to gray after 5 8.0' , with occasional silt seams 5,5 SS-4 1001 } C --after 6.5' l 1 y i/(SEE NOTE 1) \14.5 6,3 SS-5 100 0,5 23.8 15 B.T.H. 15.0' NOTE 1 : CL, Silty Clay, trace sand, I medium stiff, moist, gray ' I 1 H I I 7 H I J I 7 • J 1 1 Remarks *Caved in to 4.7' 00900-59 • Driller: B. Johnson Helper: E. ohillipe Engineering 8lestinc Services, Inc. 575E West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indian 4E27E-1755 317-29S--8511 ES test 8 91-0 21 BORING NO. 39, boring record PROJECT Carmel High Scnooi Additionel PROJECT NO. I367L DATE STARTED 6-6-90 LOCATION Carmel, IN BORING METHOD HSA DATE COMPLETED 6-6-90 J NT Everett i. Brown Company RIG TYPE ATV CASING DIA. N/A CORE SIZE N/A ELEVATION NR STATION N/A NO.SAMPLES 5 DISTURBED 5 UNDIST 0 CORE 0 `FINAL BORING DEPTH 15.0' OFFSET N/A WATER LEVEL-FIRST 3.0' COMPLETIOt;4,8' 9 HF 5.7'* _ iI AtterDerc Soi►s/Material Description c - 3. C.= ° c E c o Pc C r .^E. , " tv s = nt c= o1° c c -Z. c o _ c - o " c - i LL I P: 1 PI 1v_-I c I. p - Gv� I L Topsoil �, 0• T 1 i CL, Sandy Clay, trace gravel, stiff, 3 j 4,5 SS-1 100 1 .0i 17.8 moist, brown 3.0 I ! SM-SP, Fine to Medium Sand, very i . � 1 I( J loose to medium dense. wet, brown I 2?2 1 SS-2 100 I 1 5 I I 1 I 1 1 8.0 5,7 SS-3 1 100 1 , I f ISM, Silty Sand, trace gravel, medium 435 SS-4 100 10 dense. moist, gray, with intermittent T i J silt seams] . I I I � 3 : , 4.6 I SS-5 . 100 15 . B.T.H. 15.0' I • I • -I I I I I I I I -1 , J I • Remarks *Caved in to 4.8' 00900-60 , Driller: E. Johnson Helper: E. Phillioe Engineering &Testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 4527E-1755 3 17-29E--8511 891=021 rtl • EXISTING PARKING / i 1 / \ EXISTING CURB AREA ` 1 *,- 17' 0' / S 9 4 t B-10 B-9 rI I 155' I jI ®B-7 SB-8 J '1 80' 1 ®B-6 I 75' 4 , B-4 B-5 I 1 75' ®B-2 9 B-3 J 75' SB-1 w I a w MAIN ST. (SR 234) 90' r 90'-- -90' • , PROJECT CAMEL HIGH SOHOOL ADDITION soil LOCATION Carmel. IN boring location plan- ., E. I. Brown Company PROJECT NO. I3674 00900-61 SCALE 1^=100' Engineering & Testing Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street Indianapolis, Indiana 46278-1755 317-299-8511 891-021 • N soil boring location plan PROJECT: CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION LOCATION: CARMEL, IN A CLIENT: EVERETT L BROWN CO. Engineering &Testing \ services, Inc. PROJECT NO. I-3674 5755 West 74th Street SCALE 1'—200' Indianapolis, Indiana `- 46278-1755 tS O 9L WATER DETENTION AREA B-1 36th ST. • 00900-62 891-021 • I I I I I 1 I I I - I 1 l I I BI 30S ou 'B+28 PROPOSED I / I { � I PARKING I B-3 I 1 I 18-38 B-34 1 ,, i { PROPOSED B-14 B-15 STADIUM I PROPOSED • W �I 1B-32 I PARKING 1 z B-3 B-35 B-33 � --- B-19 _. 8-31 1 - 0 I I B-37 B-27 W I I I d,---® ®---I ` B-29 8-26� 8-16 1 dfB-13 �I I B-18 i PROPOSED BASKETBALL COURTS I _ `1 fI 4 o_ H r.� U B-24 _ B-17 1 S8-12 : N��\\\\\\\\\\ B-2 2 1 B-�2 3 ® B-2 5 1 1 r PROPOSED BUS PARKING c 00900-63 91-021 &Jesting general notes Services.Inc 5755 West 74th Street Indlanapolis. lndiana • 46278-1755 Drilling & Sampling Symbols SS — Split Spoon — 1 3/8" I.D., 2" O.D., except where noted ST — Shelby Tube — 3" O.D., except where noted PA — Power Auger PS — Piston Sample — 3" diameter WB— Wash Boring WS— Wash Sample HA — Hand Auger Boring BS — Bag Sample RC — Rock Core with diamond bit, NX size, except where noted RB — Roller Bit N/A — Not applicable or available Standard "N" Penetration — Blows per foot of a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches on a 2 inch O.D. split spoon, except where noted. Water Level Measurement Notation & Symbols Particle Sizes First — When noted during drilling or Boulders — Greater than 6" (152.4 mm) sampling process Cobbles — 3" (76.2 mm) to 6" (152.4 mm) Completion — After all drilling tools are Gravel — Coarse — 1/4" (19.05 mm) to 3" (76.2 mm) removed from borehole Gravel — Fine — No. 4 (3/16") (4.75 mm) to (3/4") HR — Number of hours after completion (19.05 mm) N/R — Not recorded Sand — Coarse — No. 10 (2.00 mm) to No. 4 (4.75 mm) Dry — No measurable water level found in Sand — Medium — No. 40 (0.425 mm) to No. 10 borehole (2.00 mm) Sand — Fine — No. 200 (0.074 mm) to No. 40 (0.425 mm' Silt — 0.005 mm to 0.074 mm Clay — Less than 0.005 mm Water levels indicated en the boring logs are the levels measured in the boring at the time indicated. The accurate datarmination of groundwater levels may not be possible with short term observations especially in impervious soils. The level shown may fluctuate throughout the year with variations in precipitation, evaporation, runoff, and other hvdrogeologic factors. Classification Cohesionless Soil Cohesive Soil Density "N" Value Consistency Unconfined Compressive Strength Very Loose : 0 to 4 Blows Very Soft : Less than 0.25 tons/sq. ft. Loose : 5 to 9 Blows Soft : 0.25 to 0.49 tons/sq. ft. Medium Dense : 10 to 29 Blows Medium : 0.50 to 0.99 tons/sq. ft. Dense : 30 to 49 Blows Stiff : 1.00 to 1.99 tons/sq. ft. Very Dense : Over 49 Blows Very Stiff : 2.00 to 3.99 tons/sq. ft. Hard : Greater than 4.00 tons/sq. ft. Soil Constituents Soil Description "Trace" Less than 10% If clay content is sufficient so that clay dominates soil "Trace to Some" 10% to 20% properties then clay becomes the primary noun with "Some" 20% to 35% other major soil constituent as modifier, i.e. silty clay. "And" 35% to 60% Other minor soil constituents may be added according • to estimates of soil constituents present, i.e. silty clay, trace to some sand, trace gravel. 00900-64 "mil021 Engineering bcTesting unified soil classification system Services, Inc. 5755 West 74th Street • Indianapolis, Indiana 46278.1755 I Group Major Divisions Sym— Typical Names Laboratory Classification Criteria bols , 2 ^ Well graded gravels, gravel- D (D30) c I = ° GW sand mixtures, little or no Cu= 60 greater than 4; Cc- between 1 and 3 fines w D10 D10xD60 • c `o Poorly graded gravels, gravel- o oc ° GP sand mixtures, little or no . N ,E., Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW. w w 0 o _ o ' fines z .- u=• z w • I d Silty gravels, gravel-sand- e t .. Atterberg limits below •A• o . = • c GM silt mixtures G Above `A• line with PI line or PI less than 4 `v �c. • ` u o 'o between 4 and 7 are • z ., 01 ; o - : E ` 'n Atterberg limits above •A• borderline cases requiring N g `o o C Clayey gravels, gravel-sand- o o` 2 c i < o GC . •- 3 v, ^ line with PI greater than use of dual symbols. - ,. E clay mixtures -el in c 113 ^ r 2 v u 7 '. is 1 a w u c 1 v E .: ^ 2 • . 2 -0 D (D ) ^ w o „ -0 `' SW Well graded sands, gravelly g �_ w v c° Cu= 60 greater than 6; Cc= 30 between 1 and 3 O ; w O ° - sands, little or no fines w • ' ' D D xD ;. 2 o `^ c o e. 'o 10 10 60 '''..D. :7; U Poorly graded sands, gravelly c Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW. r ~ S p c :, -n -+ sands, little or no fines . o ^ r o _ u i t .,'— z c an • c w o G O w 1 • -c N`-. I d Silty sands, • d 4 C °. t = " SM sand-silt mixtures E v Atterberg limits below A Limits plotting in hatched ., c S ;{s= d = u sac, : o o line or PI less than 4 ^ •.• •o . zone with PI between 4 Leio and 7 are borderline `o• .43 o. c Clayey sands, Atterberg limits above •A• � ' SC cases requiring use of c line with PI greater than dual symbols. G ^ c sand-clay mixtures v' ^ 7 Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock flour, silty or PLASTICITY CHART ML clayey fine sands or clayey silts with slight plasticity 60 I I 1 I I j I I j Inorganic clays of low to _For classification J f` u .E c medium plasticity, gravelly _of fine-grained soils and c . . CL clays, sandy days, silty —line fraction of coarse o " 'P clays, lean days 50--grained soils. Atterberg N = - « —Limits plotting in hatched I i — - _area are bcrderline H o Organic silts and organic silty z OL —classifications requiring c silty days of low plasticity © 40.--use of dual symbols. r -b — Equation of A-line: ,° - .: — Pl=0.73(LL-20) a _ Inorganic siltsw 7: , micaceous or ? ` ( 1 i .c E MH diatomaceous fine sandy or 30-- T T 1i ✓ __ DO o silty soils, elastic silts 1 c I • - ! r `^ �� OH and MH T. ii: a .E °. I .P 1 ^ 'c - � Inorganic days of high 20• i - i`o c w CH plasticity, fat clays L ( • 4 -- l I [ [ I I 1 i t Organic clays of medium to 10' I , i ` i c OH 7---�-- Q, 1 j • high plasticity, organic silts 4 ^_C M L 4 ML and OL ° 0 e i I I 1 - ,.+ "E « Peat and other highly Pt 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ▪ " ,n organic soils Llauld Limit 00900-65 891-021 • SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Title of Work, and type of Contract. B. Work Sequence. C. Contractor Use of Premises. D. Owner Occupancy. E. Coordination. F. Reference Standards. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises general construction including mechanical and electrical renovation, demolition and construction of Carmel High School, Phase IA located at the Northwest corner of the intersection of 136th Street and State Road 431 (Keystone Avenue) and at the Southeast corner of Main Street and Fourth Avenue in Carmel for Carmel-Clay Schools, Owner. 1.03 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the work under a single lump sum contract. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE A. Commence Work upon notification by the Owner. Notify the Architect's office in writing 72 hours before starting any Work. Inspect the site in company with the Architect's Field Representative prior to starting any Work. B. Complete Work ready for use in accordance with Section 01310. C. Completion date for the entire project is August 1, 1991. D. Delays in construction caused by conditions definitely beyond the control of the Contractor will be reason for extension of completion dates. • 01005-1 891-021 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES • A. Limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations, to allow for Owner occupancy and public access. B. Limit access to site from 136th Street. C. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner. 1.06 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner will occupy premises during entire period of construction, for the conduct of his normal operations. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill-timed, defective, and non-conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 1.08 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. • 01005-2 891-021 • B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner-Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain a copy at job site during progress of the specific work. D. Reference to technical society, organization or publication is made in the project manual according to the following abbreviations AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council A AMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Trans- portation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ADC Air Diffusion Council AFBMA Antifriction Bearing Manufacturers Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AI Asphalt Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPA American Sod Producers' Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWCI Association of Wall and Ceiling Industries AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association • 01005-3 891-021 CDA Copper Development Association • CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers' Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards (sometimes known as "commodity standards") produced by the U. S. Department of Commerce DHI Door Hardware Institute E J MA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FM Factory Mutual System FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association IDOH Indiana Department of Highways IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute IMIAC International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council LPI Lightning Protection Institute MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association MIL Military Specification MLSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NSF National Sanitary Foundation NSPE National Society of Professional Engineers NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration or National Safety and Health Act PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute. PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PS Product Standard, produced by U. S. Department of Commerce RIS Redwood Inspection Service RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau • 01005-4 891-021 • SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SFPA Southern Forest Products Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association S J I Steel Joint Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SWI Sealant and Waterproofers Institute TAS Technical Aid Series: Sources for information on standards, regulations, manufacturers, and related specification texts; published by CSI. TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. TPI Truss Plate Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WWPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION • 01005-5 891 -021 • SECTION 01011 SUMMARY OF PROJECT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Title of Project, type of contracts, and Work of each separate contract. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00710 - General Conditions: Basic responsibilities of Contractors and other Parties. 1.03 PROJECT; WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of the several prime contracts comprises the Project, Additions to and Renovation of Carmel High School, Phase IA located at the Northwest corner of the intersection of 136th Street and State Road 431 (Keystone Avenue) and at the Southeast corner of Main Street and Fourth Avenue in Carmel for Carmel-Clay Schools, Owner. 1.04 CONTRACTS A. Work of each separate Contract is identified in following Articles and on Drawings. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions, Section 01021 - Cash Allowances. B. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment. C. Section 01045 - Cutting and Patching: Coordination, cutting and patching. D. Section 01050 - Field Engineering: Establishment of Base Lines and Levels. E. Section 01055 - Work Layout: Layout of Contract Work. F. Section 01210 - Preconstruction Conferences: Project meetings. G. Section 01300 - Submittals: 01310 - Progress Schedules: Submittals. 01011-1 891 -021 H. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Quality control. • I. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls. J. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Material and Equipment. K. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.06 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND SERVICES SECTIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS A. Section 01511 - Temporary Electricity: Electrical extension cords from distribution boxes, work lights, and any special power required for Contract Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION • 01011-2 891-021 • SECTION 01021 CASH ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Schedule of monetary amounts of allowances in Contract Sum for purchase of and installation of designated products. B. Costs in Contract Sum other than in Allowance. C. Procedures for administration of Allowances. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00710 - General Conditions. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: 01310 - Progress Schedules: Product delivery and installation dates. C. Individual Specifications Sections Listed Under Schedule of Allowances: Specification of products and installation under Allowances. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Contract #2: Allow the lump sum of $50,000.00 for additional work. 1.04 ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITIES A. Consult with Contractor in consideration of products, suppliers, and installers. B. Select products and transmit full information to Contractor: 1. Manufacturer, product, model or catalog number, accessories, attachments, and finishes. 2. Supplier and installer as applicable. 3. Cost to Contractor, delivered to site and installed. 1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Assist Architect in determining suppliers and installers; obtain proposals when requested. B. Make recommendations for Architects consideration. i 01021-1 891-021 C. Promptly notify Architect of any reasonable objections against • supplier or installer. D. On notification of selection execute purchase agreement with designated supplier and installer. E. Arrange for and process shop drawings, product data, and samples. F. Arrange for delivery. Promptly inspect products upon delivery for completeness, damage, and defects. Submit claims for transportation damage. G. Install, adjust, and finish products. H. Provide warranties for products and installation. 1.06 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Schedule shop drawings, product data, samples, and delivery dates, in Progress Schedule for products selected under allowances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01021-2 891-021 • SECTION 01027 PAYMENT APPLICATIONS AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00710 - General Conditions: Progress Payments, and Final Payment. B. Section 01021 - Cash Allowances. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures. D. Section 01300 - Submittals: Schedule of Values. E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment. 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Type required information or use media-driven printout. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. C. Use data on accepted Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. F. Submit application to Architect's Representative at the project site prior to formal submission. Support application with receipts and other vouchers showing payment for materials and labor and other such evidence of the Contractor's right to payment as the Architect may direct. • 01027-1 891 -021 G. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data • justifying line item amounts in question. 1.04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit applications twice monthly based on the cost of labor and materials incorporated in the Work and for the value of materials suitably stored at the site. B. If application is made for material not incorporated in the Work but delivered and stored at the site submit bill of sale or other documentation to establish Owner's title to such material. Store said materials, equipment, and fabricated items so that they will not deteriorate or be damaged in any way. Safeguard said materials, equipment, and fabricated items from theft, burglary, pilferage, fire, vandalism, and mischief. C. The Contractor retains sole responsibility for the care and protection of materials and Work installed in the building or materials stored on the site for which payment has been made and for the restoration of damaged Work and replacement of damaged or stolen materials. D. No provision of the above articles is to be construed as a waiver of right of the Owner to require fulfillment of all terms of the contract. 1.05 PAYMENT A. Architect Responsibilities: 1. No later than the date when payment falls due, issue an approval for payment to the Owner for such amount as he decides to be properly due, or state in writing his reasons for withholding an approval. 2. On account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or part of any approval to such extent as may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to protect the Owner from loss on account of: a. Defective Work not remedied. b. Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. c. Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor. d. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid. • 01027-2 891-021 • e. Damage to another Contractor. When the above grounds are removed authorize payment for amouxnts withheld because of them. 3. When advised by Contractor that Work is substantially completed, within a reasonable time, make a joint visit to the Work with the Contractor, and if the Architect determines that the Work is substantially complete prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion to be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their execution. B. Owner's Responsibilities 1. Payment of the amount certified to be due the Contractor. Payment will be made for 95% of the amount certified. The remaining 5% will be held as retainage. 2. For contracts in excess of $100,000, establishment of an escrow retainage account in accordance with the provisions of Indiana Code 1971, 5-16-5.5. 1.06 FINAL PAYMENT A. The making and acceptance of the final payment constitutes a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty Work appearing after Substantial Completion or from failure to comply with Drawings and Specifications and the terms of any special guarantees specified in the Contract and of all claims by the Contractor, except those previously made and still unsettled. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01027-3 891-021 • SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work. B. Responsibility for cutting and patching where not otherwise indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01011 - Summary of Project: Work by Owner or by separate contractors. B. Individual Specifications Sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those Sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. • 01045-1 891-021 4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used. • 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Those required for original installation. B. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution under provisions of Section 01600. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other work. 2. Uncover work to install ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. 4. Remove samples of installed work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. B. Mechanical, Electrical Contractors make required openings for own work unless provided by others. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. • 01045-2 891 -021 • C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings; devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage. B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work; maintain excavations free of water. 3.04 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. C. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. E. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. END OF SECTION 411 01045-3 891-021 0 SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 GRADES, LINES, LEVELS AND SURVEYS A. Establish base lines and bench marks before starting construction. B. Verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as shown on drawings and report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. C. Verify alignment or indicated offset of new and existing floor levels or other building elements prior to construction start. D. Verify existing dimensions as required for bid preparation or material fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION II 01050-1 891 -021 • SECTION 01055 WORK LAYOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 LAYOUT A. Each Contractor shall be responsible for the layout of his work and the coordination of his work with other trades. B. Verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as shown on drawings and report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. C. Do not scale dimensions from drawings unless expressly directed to do so by the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01055-1 891-021 • SECTION 01210 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders: Question and Answer Period. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Administrative Provisions 01011 - Summary of Project: Administrative Provisions. C. Section 01220 - Progress Meetings. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule conference within 15 days after notice of award. B. Attendance: Owner, Architect, and Contractor. C. Agenda: 1. Submittal of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submittal of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of responsible personnel. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, change orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 1.04 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule conference at Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. • 01210-1 891-021 B. Attendance: Owner, Architect, Consultants, Contractor, and major • subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements and occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Survey and layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Procedures for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 10. Requirements for startup of equipment. 11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01210-2 891 -021 • SECTION 01220 PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Scheduling and administration of progress meetings. B. Preinstallation conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders: Question and Answer Period. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Coordination of Work. C. Section 01210 - Preconstruction Conferences: Owner's preconstruction conference and premobilization conference. D. Section 01300 - Submittals: Progress Schedules. Section 01310 - Progress Schedules. E. Section 01300 - Submittals: Shop drawings, product data, and samples. F. Section 01400 - Quality Control. G. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. H. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Scheduled bi-monthly construction progress meetings, called meetings, and preinstallation conferences, throughout progress of Work. B. Location of Meetings: Architect's field office. C. Attendance: Architect, Contractor, J ob Superintendent, Sub-Contractors, and Suppliers as appropriate to agenda; Owner and Professional Consultants may attend as appropriate. • 01220-1 891-021 D. Agenda: • 1. Approval of Minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual Specification Section, preinstallation conference at work site prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Attendance by entities directly affecting, or affected by, work of the Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01220-2 891-021 • SECTION 01300 SUBMIT TALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures. B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Schedule of Values. D. Shop Drawings. E. Product Data. F. Samples. G. Manufacturer's Instructions. H. Manufacturers' Certificates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Work sequence, 01011 - Summary of Project: Allowances. B. Section 01027 - Payment Applications and Payment: Submittal of Applications. C. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturers' field service reports. E. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Contractor's list of Products. F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Deliver submittals to Architect at 950 North Meridian Street, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46204. Address shop drawings to "Shop Drawing Manager". B. Transmit each item under AIA Form G810 or Architect accepted form. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. 01300-1 891-021 C. Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work • progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. D. After Architect review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. E. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703; 8-1/2 x 11 inch paper; Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each item amount of Allowances specified in Section 01021. For unit cost Allowances, give quantities measured from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Provide a subschedule for each separate stage of Work specified in Section 01005. F. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each application for payment. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and three opaque reproductions, or as required by the technical specifications. After review, resubmit four reproductions, or as required by the technical specifications. B. Submit all required shop drawings within 30 days of contract date. 1.06 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to the Work. B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus four (4) copies which will be retained by Architect. • 01300-2 891-021 • 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. 1.08 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturers' colors, textures, and patterns for Architect selection. Submit samples for selection of finishes as reqired. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. C. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. D. Submit the number specified in respective Specification section; one will be retained by Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. 1.09 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples of finishes at. Project as required by individual Specifications section. Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01300-3 891-021 • SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor conformation. B. Schedule updating. C. Specific areas. D. Schedule. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. Schedule work to conform to schedule requirements. Deliver and install material as necessary to comply with the Schedule as amended during the course of the project. B. The Preliminary Progress Schedule will definitely be updated and changed as the project progresses. Same will be required by, but not limited to, the following: timing on sale of bonds, receipt of monies from sale of bonds, weather, strikes, availability of sufficient manpower, school requirements regarding usage of areas, delays caused by other project contractors, misunderstanding regarding interpretation of intent of plans and specifications, changes in sequence of work, soil conditions, delivery of materials, submission and/or approval of shop drawings, etc. • 01310-1 ADDITIONS TO AND RENOVATION OF CARMEL HIGH SCHOOL, PHASE IA CARMEL/CLAY SCHOOL CORPORATION ~ CARMEL , INDIANA NEW CONSTRUCTIONmmilMmum O E . I .B. PROJECT NO. : 891 -021 All Shop Drawings Must be Submitted to the Un 00 Everett I . Brown Co. Before Aug. 1 , 1990 I--, al m N PRELIMINARY PROGRESS SCHEDULE C7 --, (To Be Revised) Cl r 1990 1991 ( 92 Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Earthwork and I I I I Grading Demolition imm Storm and Sanitary Sewers Underground 11.11.111.111111117111.1111.11111"." limMialniall=n Utilities O ..7....r.... ..... t"o Underdrains O Lis...) Paving - South North Base Course Paving - Binder South North and Topping Irrigation mmi 111.1 ..............7 Fencing I Concrete Work Seeding Football 8 Practice Fields Landscaping mummimmom Track Surface Football Lighting 7 _ , - South North Parking Lighting • • 891-021 i PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01310-3 891 -021 • SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Mockups. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00710 - General Conditions: Inspection and testing required by governing authorities. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Applicability of specified reference standards. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Section 02225 - Trenching: Tests required for earthwork. E. Section 02513 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Tests required for asphaltic concrete. F. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants, and Groundcover: Tests required for topsoil. 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. • 01400-1 891-021 1.04 WORKMANSHIP • A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.07 MOCKUPS A. When required by individual Specifications Section, erect complete, full-scale mockup of assembly at Project site. Tests will be performed in accordance with Section 01400. Remove mockup at completion, when approved by Architect. 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. • 01400-2 891-021 • B. Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. C. Reports will be submitted to Architect in duplicate giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. 2. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION • 01400-3 891-021 • SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Lighting. B. Water. C. Sanitary Facilities. D. Barriers. E. Enclosures. F. Protection of Installed Work. G. Water Control. H. Cleaning During Construction. I. Project Identification. J . Paving. K. Contractor Area. L. Contractor Employees. M. First Aid Personnel. N. Owner-Provided Facilities and Services. O. Removal. P. Asbestos Materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Contractor use of premises. B. Section 01310 - Progress Schedule. C. Section 01511 - Temporary Electricity: Source for electrical connections. • 01500-1 891 -021 D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. • 1.03 LIGHTING A. Provide lighting for construction operations. B. Furnish extension cords for connection to distribution provided in Section 01511. Furnish special connections for services requiring other than extension cords. 1.04 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. 1.05 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. B. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.06 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas, to provide for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water. 1.07 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. • 01500-2 891-021 • C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and landscaped areas. 1.09 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. 1.10 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off-site. B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 1.11 PAVING A. In accordance with Preliminary Progress Schedule, perform required earthwork and construct underground utilities and install base and binder courses for area designated on site plan. Use area for contractor material storage and shed area. B. Owner will accept construction up to top of binder course upon completion. C. Each contractor shall be responsible for damage caused by it to the base course. 1.12 CONTRACTOR AREA A. The Contractor will be permitted to use areas on the sites as designated by the Architect or Owner for offices, material storage, and employee parking. Contractor restore these areas to their original condition after use. B. Do not deviate from usage of designated areas without written approval of the Architect or Owner. Contractor employees violating this provision will be removed from the project. C. Contractor areas are designated on the site plans. Employee parking will be permitted where approved by the Architect or Owner. D. Other contractors clean up and dispose of their own rubbish and General Contractor restore the contractor areas after completion of the project. E. Provide access for students and school district employees to all occupied areas at all times in accordance with the requirements of Principal. • 01500-3 891 -021 F. Do not deliver material through or close school occupied areas without • the approval of the Principal. 1.13 CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE PROVISIONS A. Post the following for rules for contractor employees at the project site. 1. Construction employees to use only their own toilet facilities. 2. No employees are to eat in the occupied school premises. 3. No teaching areas will be interfered with during school hours without express approval of same by Principal. 4. Construction employees are not to be within areas used by students during school hours without express approval of same by the Principal. 5. There is to be no smoking in areas occupied by school. 6. No coffee breaks, loafing, etc., will be tolerated in areas occupied by school. 7. Police areas daily inside and out, including streets and sidewalks surrounding construction, in which construction personnel are working or otherwise using, to keep same free from debris, dust, mud, etc. 8. All construction personnel will conduct themselves in an unimpeachable manner while on the construction site, including proper language, etc. 9. All requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Act will be followed implicitly. 1.14 FIRST AID PERSONNEL A. Each Contractor shall provide a registered first aid person at the site during all working hours when work is in progress. 1.15 OWNER PROVIDED FACILITIES AND SERVICES 1. Pumping of surface or subsurface ground water. 2. Changing filters and cleaning of mechanical equipment after use for temporary heat. 3. Temporary Protective Enclosures (for security but not for weather protection). • 01500-4 891-021 4. Night Lights. 5. Special Fire Extinguishers and First Aid Supplies. 6. Cleaning of glazing - interior and exterior. 7. Trash and rubbish disposal for contractors other than Masonry, Ceramic, Plastering, Terrazzo, Paving or for other than demolition debris or other bulky solid waste. Other waste and excess is acceptable provided it is suitably compressed and not unreasonably bulky. 1.16 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 8 x 6 foot Project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter, to Architect design and colors. List title of Project, names of Owner, Architect, professional consultants, Contractors, and major subcontractors. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 1.17 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Remove underground installations to a depth of 2 feet; grade site as indicated. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified, or to original, condition. 1.18 ASBESTOS MATERIALS A. Contractors encountering any existing material which is suspected of containing asbestos stop work immediately and notify the Owner, and the Architect. All personnel shall be removed from exposure to the suspect material until such time as an evaluation of the material and potential hazard has been made. The Owner will provide said evaluation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. • 01500-5 891-021 PART 3 - EXECUTION • Not. Used. END OF SECTION • 01500-6 891-021 • SECTION 01511 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Temporary electrical service. B. Operation and Maintenance. C. Removal. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Work sequence, Contractor use of premises, Owner occupancy. B. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Temporary lighting. 1.03 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Power Source: Public Service Indiana located at P.O. Box 2455, Carmel, Indiana, (317)846-2595. B. Power Source: Prior to availability of utility service, provide portable generators. E. Service 240/120 volt, 200 ampere, single phase, alternating current; capacity to accommodate maximum construction and temporary lighting at any time. F. Service for Contractor construction trailers, sheds, etc: Furnished and paid for by contractor requiring same. 1.04 DISTRIBUTION A. Weatherproof distribution boxes with one 240/120 volt, single phase power outlet and four 120 volt outlets consisting of 100 ampere fused switches with equipment ground. Co-ordinate locations with General Contractor. B. Wiring, connections, and protection for temporary lighting. C. Wiring, connections, and protection for temporary and permanent equipment for environmental control, for temporary use of electrically operated equipment, and for testing. • D. Distribution for Contractor construction trailers, sheds, etc: Furnished and paid for by contractor requiring same. 01511-1 891 -021 1.07 COSTS • A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. B. Obtain and pay for temporary easements across property other than that of Owner. C. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of system. D. Owner will pay costs of energy consumed for normal construction operations. Take measures to conserve energy usage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. May be new or used, adequate to the purpose. B. Devices and Equipment: Standard devices, meeting UL requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install initial service at time of site mobilization. B. Comply with requirements of Section 16010. C. Modify and extend system as work progresses. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Maintain system to provide continuous service. 3.03 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials and equipment when permanent system is operational. B. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition. END OF SECTION • 01511-2 891-021 • SECTION 01532 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: 1. Inspect all trees and plants near construction B. Scheduling: 1. Protective fencing shall be in place before commencement of any other work PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fencing shall be new wood slat wire bound snow type fencing, 4 feet high. Posts shall be heavy duty studded steel T posts, 1-3/8" x 1 -3/8" x 7/64" thick by 7 feet tall B. Warning Signs: Engraved plastic laminate signs, 7" x 14" in size with 1" capital letters, black sign with white letters. Attach to fence with fasteners through holes bored in four corners of sign. 1. Manufacturer: Cardinal Manufacturing Co. 1055 East 52nd Street Indianapolis, IN 46205 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Trees to be protected shall have fencing placed completely around the tree at the full spread of the branches. B. Plants to remain shall have fencing placed completely around individual or groups of plants 10 feet beyond edge of plants. • 01532-1 891-021 C. Existing lawn and other areas to be left undisturbed shall have fencing 1111 placed where indicated or as required for protection. D. Space posts 6 feet O.C. and drive 3 feet into the ground. Fasten fence to each post with 5 fasteners. END OF SECTION • 01532-2 891-021 • SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. B. Transportation and Handling. C. Storage and Protection. D. Product Options. E. Products List. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01021 - Cash Allowances. B. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. C. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Warranties and bonds. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure, except as specifically required, or allowed, by Contract Documents. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. • 01600-1 891-021 B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to • prevent soiling or damage. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION i 01600-2 891-021 • SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Closeout Procedures. B. Final Cleaning. C. Project Record Documents. D. Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Warranties and Bonds. F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00700 - General Conditions: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and other administrative requirements. B. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Allowances. C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Cleaning during construction. 1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Owner will occupy designated portion of Project for the purpose of conduct of business, under provision stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. When Contractor considers Work has reached final completion, submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect inspection. D. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract, provide submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. • 01700-1 891-021 E. Architect will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved • adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Order. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition, clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. Clean roofs, gutter, downspouts, and drainage systems. C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Store documents separate from those used for construction. B. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. C. At Contact closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. D. Obtain sepia, milar or blueline prints of the original drawings from the Architect. Submit corrected drawings (as-built) showing any deviations or changes from the original contract documents. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide data for: 1. Mechanical equipment and controls - Division 15. 2. Electrical equipment and controls - Division 16. B. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers. C. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of: Architect/Engineer and Contractor. D. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system. For each system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. List: • 01700-2 891-021 • 1. Appropriate design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions, equipment. 6. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 7. Shop drawings and product data. 8. Warranties 1.07 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.08 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and, obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 411 01700-3 891 -021 • SECTION 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART I - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Demolish designated structures. B. Remove materials from site. C. Remove foundations. D. Disconnect, cap, and remove and identify utilities. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Dust control. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. C. Section 02110 - Site clearing: Site clearing. D. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit demolition and removal procedures and schedule under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit record documents under provisions of Section 01700. 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares. Maintain egress and access at all times. B. Do not close or obstruct roadways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. • 02060-1 891 -021 PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disconnect, remove, and cap designated utility lines within demolition areas. B. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify utilities and indicate capping locations on Project Record Documents. Protect existing utilities which are to remain. 3.0? EXECUTION A. Demolish indicated structures and appurtenances in an orderly and careful manner. B. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished material from site. C. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous materials encountered. D. Do not burn or bury materials on site. E. Remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of two (2) feet below finished grade. F. Remove concrete slabs on grade. G. Keep work sprinkled to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water main or hydrant connections for this purpose. H. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Leave site in clean condition. END OF SECTION • 02060-2 891 -021 • SECTION 02061 REMOVALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Remove concrete and bituminous paving. B. Remove concrete sidewalks and curbs. C. Remove all obstructions to new construction unless specifically noted to remain. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02060 - Building and Demolition. B. Section 02110 - Site Clearing: Removal of vegetation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE A. Remove concrete pavement, sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing joint. 3.02 BITUMINOUS A. Saw cut at point of removal. Where indicated, remove base course to earth subgrade. 3.03 DEBRIS A. Transport all material removed to the Contractor's spoil area. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect all items to remain from from damage. END OF SECTION • 02061-1 891 -021 • SECTION 02110 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Clear site of plant life and grass. B. Remove root system of trees and shrubs. C. Remove surface debris. D. Remove all obstructions within limits of construction unless specifically noted to remain. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02060 - Building Demolition. B. Section 02061 - 'Removals: Removal of pavement, equipment, poles, etc. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for disposal of debris. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. B. Remove trees and shrubs within marked areas. Grub out stumps and roots. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect plant growth and features remaining as final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing work from damage or displacement. • 02110-1 891 -021 C. Maintain designated site access for vehicle and pedestrian traffic. • 3.03 REMOVAL A. Remove debris from site. END OF SECTION • 02110-2 891 -021 • SECTION 02218 LANDSCAPE GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish grade and proof roll subsoil. B. Place, level, and compact topsoil. C. Riprap. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavation, backfill, and compacting fill in trenches. B. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling and Compaction. C. Section 02936 - Seeding. D. Section 02938 - Sodding. E. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants & Ground Cover. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Indiana Department of Highway Standard Specifications (1988). 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with and complete final grade work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations. B. Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. C. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect before proceeding. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. • 02218-1 891 -021 B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs. • 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system, utilities, and remainder of site work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Existing Topsoil: Natural, fertile agricultural soil capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, not in frozen or muddy condition. Free from subsoil, slag, clay, stones, lumps, live plants, roots, sticks, crabgrass, coughgrass, noxious weeds, and foreign matter. 2.02 RIPRAP A. Dumped riprap in accordance with IDOH 1988 616.02(a). B. Grouted riprap in accordance with IDOH 1988 616.02(d). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Protect existing underground improvements from damage. B. Scarify subgrade areas to a minimum depth of 2". Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment has compacted subgrade. Remove stones over 1-1/2" in any dimension as well as sticks, roots, rubbish and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. C. Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: 1. Remove existing grass, vegetation and turf, taking care not to impact existing vegetation to remain. 2. Dispose of removed material outside of Owners property; do not turn over into soil being prepared for lawns. • 02218-2 891 -021 • 3. Till to a depth of not less than 6" except where existing vegetation prohibits extensive disturbance of soil. 4. Remove high areas and fill in depressions. 5. Till soil to a homogenous mixture of fine texture, free of lumps, clods, stones, roots and other extraneous matter. D. Remove contaminated subsoil. 3.02 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Place topsoil in areas where seeding, sodding, and planting is scheduled. B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. C. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade. D. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil in areas not accessible with equipment. F. Finish ground level firm and sufficient to prevent shrinkage pockets when irrigation is applied. G. Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. 3.03 RESTORATION A. Restore pavement, concrete, grassed areas, and structures damaged during execution of work of this Section, as approved by the Architect. B. During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The following paragraphs identify compacted topsoil thickness for various locations. B. Varsity Football Field, Practice Football Fields, and Practice Soccer Fields: 12 inches. • 02218-3 891-021 C. All Other Seeded Grass Areas: 6 inches. • D. Sod: 6 inches. E. Shrub Beds: 36 inches. 3.06 RIPRAP A. Place dumped riprap in accordance with IDOH 616.03. B. Place grouted riprap in accordance with IDOH 616.06. END OF SECTION • 02218-4 891 -021 • SECTION 02225 TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Excavate trenches for utilities. B. Compacted bed and compacted fill over utilities to subgrade elevations. C. Compaction requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Compaction requirements of backfill. B. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading: Topsoil cover of backfilled trenches. C. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting: Earthwork other than building work. D. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Dewatering excavated trenches. E. Section 02710 - Subdrainage Systems: Underdrains. F. Section 02720 - Storm Sewage Systems and 02730 - Sanitary Sewage Systems: Sewer piping. G. Section 02226 - Water Distribution Systems: Piping. H. Section 15485 - Natural Gas Systems: Piping. I. Section 16111 - Conduit: Electrical conduit. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D1557 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixture Using 10 lb Rammer and 18 inch Drop. 1.04 TESTS A. Tests and analysis of fill materials will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D1557 and under provisions of Section 01400. • 02225-1 891 -021 1.05 PROTECTION • A. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave-in of loose soil from falling into excavation. B. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service utilities and pipe chases. C. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in affected area until notification to resume work. D. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. E. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water runoff into excavation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT BED AND FILL MATERIALS A. Type A - Pit run, free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris. 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil: Reused or Imported; free of gravel larger than 3 inch size, and debris. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify stockpiled fill to be reused is approved. • B. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and surfaces are not frozen. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01050. B. When necessary, compact subgrade surfaces to density requirements for backfill material. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil required for utility piping. • 02225-2 891 -021 • B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection. C. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. D. Remove lumped subsoil and boulders. E. Correct unauthorized excavation at no cost. to Owner. F. Fill over-excavated areas under pipe bearing surfaces in accordance with direction by Architect/Engineer. G. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site. 3.04 BACKF[LLING A. Support pipe or conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill. B. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to allow maximum time for natural settlement.. Do not backfill over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches loose depth. D. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers not. exceeding 12 inches loose depth. E. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS A. The paragraphs below identify location of fill material to be used. B. Fill Under Paving or Walks: Type A fill to the bottom side of the granular base course, compacted to 95 percent. C. Fill Under Grassed Areas: Subsoil fill compacted to 90 percent. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch. 3.07 FIELD DUALITY CONTROL A. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D 1557 and under provisions of Section 01400. • END OF SECTION 02225-3 891-021 . SECTION 02226 SITE EXCAVATION, FILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Subgrade ready for paving. B. Subgrade ready for topsoil. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Inspection and testing. B. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Dewatering excavations. C. Section 01050 - Field Engineering: Establishing Lines and Levels. D. Section 00900 •- Soil Investigation Data: Bore hole locations and findings of soil and subsurface report. E. Section 02225 - Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of utilities remaining, rerouted utilities, new utilities, by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation. E. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation • work, including utilities. 02226-1 891 -021 F. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and • discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. H. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water runoff into excavation. I. Provide any required dams, fills, temporary trenches, as required to protect any adjacent property from damage due to accelerated or undesirable surface water runoff from site. 1.05 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1557 (Modified Proctor) Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb. (4.54 kg.) Rammer and 18 in. (457 mm) Drop. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Excavated material, graded free of roots, rocks larger than one inch, subsoil, debris, and large weeds. B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, and debris. C. Site Fill: Earth reasonably free of roots, trash, frozen material, and stones larger than 6 inches. D. Pavement Subgrade Fill: Gravel, clay, sand, or a suitable mixture as approved by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01050. B. Identify known below grade utilities. Stake and flag locations. C. Identify and flag above grade utilities. D. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area. • 02226-2 891-021 • E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. F. Upon discovery of unknown utility or concealed conditions, discontinue affected work; notify Architect. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate a minimum of 6" of topsoil from areas to be further excavated, relandscaped, or regraded and stockpile in areas designated on site. B. Do not excavate wet topsoil. C. Excavate soft or otherwise undesirable material below the subgrade line. D. Extend excavation in cut areas a sufficient distance beyond the pavement edge to allow for compaction and temporary lateral grade transitions. E. Remove or break off boulders or ledge stone to a depth of not less than 6 inches below the subgrade. F. Remove excavated material not suitable for fill from the site. G. Stockpile excess material to be reused as backfill or site fill at areas designated on the site. Spread level, and rough grade stockpiled material to provide drainage and not present an unsightly appearance. H. At the site north of 136th Street, stockpile at a designated area, approximately 10,000 cubic yards of approved subsoil for future use. I. At the site north of 136th Street, finish grades may be adjusted in the area denoted on the drawings as approved by the Architect to compensate for excess or deficient material. J . At the site south of Main Street, excess material shall be removed to the site north of 136th Street or to the Contractors own spoil area. 3.03 FILLING A. Fill overexcavated areas with an approved fill. Place in layers not exceeding 5 inches. B. Plow, step, or break up sloped ground surfaces steeper than one vertical to four horizontal on which fill is to be placed so that the fill will bond with the existing surface. C. Place site fill in layers not exceeding 9 inches. Compact each layer prior to placing the next layer. • 02226-3 891 -021 D. Place pavement subgrade fill in layers not exceeding 8 inches. Spread • each layer with a road machine or other approved device and compact prior to placing next layer. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Compact each layer of site fill with at least four passes of an approved tandem or three-wheeled power roller. B. Compact subgrades and subgrade fills with an approved tandem or three-wheeled power roller weighing not less than 10 tons. Extend compaction a minimum of one foot beyond the pavement edges. Compact to 95% of dry density as determined by ASTM D1557. C. Compact subgrades for pavement or sidewalk replacement areas by hand or machine methods as appropriate for the accessibility of the area. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Subgrades: One-tenth feet above or below. B. Site Earthwork: Fifteen hundredths feet above or below. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's representative will direct the performance of compaction tests. B. Correct any areas found to have inadequate compaction or surface tolerances. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Keep subgrades shaped and drained until placement of the succeeding course. Do not store or stockpile material on the subgrades. END OF SECTION • 02226-4 891 -021 • SECTION 02231 GRANULAR BASE COURSE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Aggregate base course, compacted. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 02513 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Paving. C. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Paving, pads, sidewalks, and curbs. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standards T-2 Sampling Aggregates (ASTM D75) T-11 Amount of Material Finer than 75 Micro m Sieve in Aggregate (ASTM C 117) T-19 Unit Weight and Voids in Aggregate (ASTM C29) T-27 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates (ASTM C 136) T-37 Sieve Analysis of Mineral Filler T-85 Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate (ASTM C 127) T-89 Determining the Liquid Limit of Soils B. Indiana Department of Highway Standards (IDOH): 1988 Standard Specifications PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS • A. IDOH gradations of crushed stone, as shown on the drawings. 02231-1 891 -021 2.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE • A. Provide for approval by Architect at supplier's stockpile prior to delivery of material. B. Furnish certification of gradation to establish that aggregate is material and gradation specified. C. Test finished surface with 16 foot straight edge applied parallel and at right angles of centerline of area to be paved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE A. Verify compacted subgrade, is perfectly dry and has been approved by the Architect before placing any material. Placing of material on the underlying surface constitutes acceptance by the Granular Base Contractor of the underlying materials. B. Proof roll subgrade as required by IDOH, Paragraph 305.05. C. Clean all foreign substances from subgrade prior to placing any material. 3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Do not place material when weather conditions will affect quality of finished course. Do not place materials on a frozen or muddy subgrade. 3.03 PLACING AGGREGATE A. Spread material so that the total compacted thickness is as shown on the drawings. Do not exceed the allowable compacted depth of lift as established by IDOH, Paragraph 303.07. B. Compact base course with a minimum 10 ton roller to the below percentages of AASHTO maximum dry density as modified by IDOH Standard Specification, Paragraph 203.24: IDOH Type "0" - 95% IDOH Type "P" - 100% C. Perform hand tamping in areas inaccessible to mechanized compaction equipment. • 02231-2 891 -021 . D. Place earth or other approved materials along the edges of the base course so that at least one foot of the shoulder is rolled and compacted simultaneously with the rolling and compacting of each base course layer. E. Add materials and water as necessary to achieve the required consistency and degree of compaction. F. Correct any surface deficiencies more than 1/2" measured as described in Paragraph "QUALITY ASSURANCE". Correct by loosening, adding or removing material, and reshaping and recompacting. END OF SECTION 111 02231-3 891 -021 • SECTION 02511 CRUSHED STONE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Crushed stone paving course, compacted. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling and Compacting: Compacted fill for paving. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Indiana Department of Highway Standard Specifications (IDOH - 1988). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. 1153 crushed stone; free of shale, clay, friable materials and debris. B. Polyethylene Sheeting: 4 mil single thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify compacted subgrade is dry and ready to receive work of this Section. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PLACING STONE PAVING A. Cover the subgrade with 2 layers of polyethylene sheeting. B. Spread stone material over prepared base to a total compacted thickness denoted on drawings. C. Place stone in 3 inch layers and compact. 02511-1 891 -021 D. Level surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. • E. Add water to assist compaction. With an excess water condition, rework topping and aerate to reduce moisture content. F. Perform hand tamping in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. END OF SECTION • 02511-2 891-021 • SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Asphaltic concrete paving: As described in IDOH, Sections 401.01 and 401.02. B. Precast concrete parking barriers. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling and Compacting: Preparation of site for paving. B. Section 02231 - Granular Base Course: Prepared base. C. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Concrete curbs. D. Section 02531 - All Weather Surface: Track and field event surface. E. Section 02720 - Storm Sewage Systems: Drains and manholes. F. Section 02581 - Roadway and Pavement Marking: Pavement markings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Indiana Department of Highway Standard Specifications (IDOH)-1988. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with IDOH standards. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to IDOH standards. C. Approval of Materials: Conform to IDOH Section 401.04. 1.05 TESTS A. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review prior to commencement of work. B. Testing organization will take samples and perform tests in accordance with Section 01400. • 02513-1 891-021 1.06 SUBMITTALS • A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place asphalt when air temperature is less than 50 degrees F or during other unfavorable weather conditions. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Extended Warranty: Warranty completed work for two years. B. Repair or replace any pavement failure other than that due to normal wear and tear or abuse during guarantee period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bituminous Binder, Surface, Leveling Courses: IDOH, Section 403.03. B. Tack Coat: IDOH, Section 409.02. C. Asphalt Cement: IDOH, Section 902.01. D. Aggregate for Binder Course Mix: IDOH, Section 403.02. E. Aggregate for Surface Course Mix: IDOH, Section 403.02, except that a minimum of 85% shall be crushed. F. Aggregate for Leveling Course Mix: IDOH, Section 403.02, except that the top size shall be #12. G. Mixing Plant: Conform to IDOH 401.06, except that requirements for plant scales and plant laboratory are optional. H. Hauling Equipment: Conform to IDOH 401.07. I. Pavers and Rollers: Conform to IDOH 401.08 and 401.09. 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIX A. Refer to IDOH, Sections 403.04 and 403.05. B. Binder - #9. C. Surface - #11. • 02513-2 891 -021 • D. Leveling - 1112. 2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE PARKING BARRIERS A. 6" high x 9" wide x 7'-0" long reinforced. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Notify Architect in writing 72 hours prior to starting work. B. inspect the site in company with the Architect's field representative prior to starting work. C. Verify compacted granular base is dust dry, free of loose or foreign material and ready to support paving and imposed loads. D. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Apply tack coat in accordance with IDOH, Sections 409.01, 409.02, 409.03, 409.04, 409.05. B. Coat surfaces of curbs, manhole, catch basin, and frames with oil to prevent bond with asphalt paving. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Do not haul mixture in excess of 35 miles. B. Binder, surface, leveling courses: IDOH, Sections 401.11, 401.12, 401.13, 401.14, 403.05, 403.06, 403.09, 403.10, 403.11. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 1/8 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge parallel to the center line of the lay, and no more than 1/4 inch in any direction. B. Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch of design thickness. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch. • 02513-3 891-021 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.06 PATCHING EXISTING PAVEMENT A. Utility Cuts: Where shown on the drawings, provide new base, binder, and surface courses where Mechanical or Electrical, Contractor has cut existing pavement, installed utility, and backfilled to bottom of base course. 3.07 RECONDITIONING OF BINDER COURSE A. Where binder course has been used for the Contractor's area, clean before placing succeeding course. Other reconditioning of binder course is at the Owner's expense. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement under provisions of Section 01500 from mechanical injury for three (3) days. 3.09 TRACK SURFACE A. All high or low areas which were not corrected during the paving shall be marked on the final surface. B. Low Areas: Excessive irregularities shall be remedied by cutting out the course to full depth over the area indicated and replacing with correct hot mixture. The repaired area shall be compacted as specified above. C. If areas are 3/4" - 1" low, the paving machine can be used to fill in by letting the screed down on the surface on both sides. First, the area must be fully tack coated. No filling by hand (or otherwise) using sand mix shall be allowed. No tar emulsions shall be applied to the surface. Nor shall any other type of asphalt or tar leveling or sealing product (hot or cold) be coated on the surface. D. High Areas: High areas shall be remedied by cutting out the course to full depth and replacing with the correct hot mixture. The repaired area shall be compacted as specified above. In some cases, it is practical to repair high areas and ridges by heating with a "hot iron" or a butane torch and scraping them off. Those areas must be rolled smooth afterwards. • 02513-4 891 -021 • 3.10 PRECAST CONCRETE PARKING BARRIERS A. Stake barriers with two 5/8" round x 2' long steel stakes. END OF SECTION • 02513-5 891 -021 • SECTION 02514 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Concrete sidewalks, curbs, stairs, and pads. B. Reinforcement. C. Surface finish. D. Curing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02231 - Granular Base Course: Prepared base. B. Section 02720 - Storm Sewage Systems: Drains and manholes. C. Section 02581 - Roadway and Parking Marking: Pavement marking. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ANSI/ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. C. ANSI/ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. D. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. E. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. F. ASTM C94 - Ready Mixed Concrete. G. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. H. ASTM C260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. I. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. J. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. • 02514-1 891 -021 K. FS TT-C-800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing • Surfaces. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout. 1.05 TESTING A. Testing and analysis will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include data on joint filler. admixtures, and curing compounds. C. Submit manufacturer's instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 Portland type, gray color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Conform to ACI 301. B. Joint Filler: ANSI/ASTM D1751, cellular type, 1/2 inch thick. C. Joint Sealant: Eucolastic I on a closed cel polyethylene backer rod. • 02514-2 891 -021 • 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, uncoated finish. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ANSI/ASTM A 185; in flat sheets or coiled rolls; uncoated finish. C. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, minimum 16 gage size. D. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish. E. Fiber Additive: Filamentized fiber bundles, 3/4" length, 100% pure nylon or virgin polypropylene fibers; as manufactured by Nycon, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana; Fibermesh, Inc. Chattanooga, Tennessee; or approved equal. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, "Kurez DR", manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company, or approved equal. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A - water reducing. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX A. General: Design mix for the least amount of water consistent with workability and finishing requirements. Do not exceed 4" slump. B. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. C. Mix Proportions: 1. Minimum of 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete. 2. Proportion the fine aggregate between a minimum of 35% and a maximum of 45% of the total aggregate weight and utilizing the maximum amount of coarse aggregate within these limits that is consistent with the desired workability. 3. Coarse Aggregate: Crushed limestone. 4. Air Content: 4.5% - 7.5% 5. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.45. • 02514-3 891 -021 6. Twenty-Eight Day Compressive Strength: 4500 psi. • D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. F. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze/thaw cycling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Verify compacted granular base is ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B. Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 3.03 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. C. Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement as detailed on the drawings. B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints. • 02514-4 891 -021 • 3.05 JOINTS A. Place expansion joints at 50 foot intervals to correct elevation and profile. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints. B. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. Recess top of filler 1/2 inch for sealant placeemnt. C. Provide scored or sawn joints in the sidewalk as indicated on the drawings and as approved by the Architect. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 301. C. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 301. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints and are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. F. Place concrete to pattern indicated. If sawn joints are used, saw within 12 hours after concrete placement. 3.07 FINISHING A. Prepare sample for Architect's approval before finishing. B. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, radiused and trowel joint edges. C. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom. D. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. • 02514-5 891 -021 3.09 PROTECTION • A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete under provisions of Section 01500 from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. END OF SECTION • 02514-6 891 -021 . SECTION 02570 EXTERIOR CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Handicapped parking signs. B. Flagpole base. C. Football goals. D. Basketball backstops. F. Soccer goals. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: For sidewalks and pavements. B. Section 02720 - Storm Sewage Systems: For drainage piping. C. Section 02225 - Trenching: Trenching for culverts. D. Section 02831 - Chain Link Fences and Gates. E. Section 16111 - Conduit: Electrical conduit. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A 185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates • 02570-1 891 -021 ASTM C14 Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert • Pipe. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1.04 TESTS A. Testing and analysis will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class or concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 Portland type, gray color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Potable. 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A. Conform to ACI 301. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, uncoated finish. • 02570-2 891 -021 • B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ANSI/ASTM A 185; in flat sheets; or coiled rolls; uncoated finish. C. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, minimum 16 gage size. D. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish. E. Fiber Additive: Filamentized fiber bundles, 3/4" length, 100% pure nylon or virgin polypropylene fibers; as manufactured by Nycon, Inc., Indianapolis, Indiana; Fibermesh, Inc., Chattanooga, Tennessee; or approved equal. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: "Kurez DR" manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company or approved equal. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 2.06 CONCRETE MIX A. General: Design mix for the least amount of water consistent with workability and finishing requirements. B. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. C. Mix proportions: 1. Minimum of 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete. 2. Proportion the fine aggregate between a minimum of 35% and a maximum of 45% of the total aggregate weight and utilizing the maximum amount of coarse aggregate within the limits that is consistent with the desired workability. 3. Coarse Aggregate: Crushed limestone. 4. Air Content: 4.5% - 7.5% 5. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.45. 6. Twenty-Eight Day Compressive Strength: 4500 psi. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved • by Architect/Engineer. 02570-3 891 -021 F. Add air-entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to • freeze/thaw cycling. 2.07 HANDICAPPED PARKING SIGNS A. Handicapped Parking Signs: Sign 12" x 18" aluminum reflectorized. Post. - C-2- 1/2x2.27# channel 12' long, galvanized. 2.08 BASKETBALL BACKSTOP A. Basketball Backstop: American Pro Company, Louisville, Kentucky, #541-616 with 4-1/2" O.D. galvanized pipe post, lifetime aluminum backboard, double strength super goal, and steel chain net. 2.09 FOOTBALL GOALS A. Offset Single Support Post Football Goals: Pro-style bent post of 6" standard, galvanized steel pipe (6-5/8" O.D.) projects bar and uprights 6' out, padded. Crossbar of 3-1/2" O.D. galvanized steel pipe. Uprights of 2-1/2" O.D. aluminum pipe. Style OY-6-20 as manufactured by AALCO Manufacturing Co., St. Louis, Missouri, or approved equal. B. Double Support Post Football Goals: 3" standard galvanized pipe with solid caps. 2.10 SOCCER GOALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Quality Industries, Inc., #5405 permanent soccer goal with #5413 soccer goal net by Jennings of Indiana, Inc. (317-875-9490). 2. Patterson, Williams Mfg. Co., Model 2236-01 permanent soccer goal with Model 8366 net (408-988-3066). B. Substitutions: As approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that excavation base is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. • 02570-4 891 -021 • 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile. B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 301. C. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 301. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints and are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. 3.05 FINISHING CONCRETE A. Retaining Walls: Patch any honeycomb or surface imperfections. Rub all exposed surfaces. 3.06 HANDICAPPED SIGNS A. Handicapped Parking Signs: Set bottom of sign 7' above grade. Set post in 12" diameter x 4' deep concrete footing with bottom of post 6" above bottom of footing. 3.07 BASKETBALL BACKSTOPS A. Set basketball backstop post in concrete footing. 3.08 FOOTBALL GOALS A. Single Support Post Football Goals: Set horizontal support pipe 10' above finish grade. Set the vertical support pipe in concrete footing with top of footing 6" below finish grade. • 02570-5 891 -021 B. Double Support Posts Football Goals: Set goal posts in concrete • footing with top of footing 2" below finish grade. 3.09 SOCCER GOALS A. Set soccer goals in concrete footing as suggested by the manufacturer. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.11 CONCRETE PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete under provisions of Section 01500 from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. END OF SECTION • 02570-6 891 -021 • SECTION 02581 ROADWAY AND PAVING MARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mark parking spaces. B. Mark handicapped ramps. C. Mark handicapped symbols. D. Painted islands at end of parking rows. E. Paint stripe to differentiate drive from walk. F. Basketball court striping. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02513 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Surface to receive markings. B. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Surface to receive markings. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Painted lines and symbols on pavement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Paint: Quick drying paint conforming to Indiana Department of Highway Standard Specification #908.05 (b)>. B. Color: 1. All marking to be yellow except basketball court striping. 2. Basketball court striping to be white. PART 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 PREPARATION A. Allow asphaltic concrete pavement to cure for at least 1 week. 02581-1 891 -021 B. Clean surface of dirt, grease, oil, acid, or any foreign matter. • 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Delineate parking spaces by lines parallel to length and one line at forward end. Adjacent spaces may share a common line. End and side lines are not required at pavement edges. B. Pressure spray parking space lines 4" wide with true and even edges. Apply paint at rate of 300 lineal feet of line per gallon of paint. C. Paint handicapped symbols in center of parking space. D. Handicapped ramps at curbs shall be outlined with a one foot wide stripe. E. Paint with diagonal striping 4" wide at 30" on center all walking aisles designated on the plot plans with diagonal striping and islands at end of parking rows. F. Basketball court striping shall be 2" wide. END OF SECTION • 02581-2 891 -021 • SECTION 02666 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire water piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Potable water piping, fittings, and accessories. C. Connection of building system to Municipal Water System 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavating Subsoil for Water Distribution Systems and Backfilling. B. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Concrete Type for Water System Construction. C. Section 02675 - Disinfection of Water Distribution System. 1.05 REFERENCES A. BOCA - Buildings Officials and Code Administrators International. B. ANSI B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. C. ASTM A126 - Standard Specifications for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Fittings. D. ASTM A197 - Standard Specifications for Cupola Malleable Iron., E. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs. F. ASTM A506 - Standard Specifications for Steel, Sheet and Strip. G. ASTM A575 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars. H. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. I. AWWA C104 - Cement Water Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 02666-1 891 -021 J. AWWA C 1 10 - Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings. • K. AWWA C 1 1 1 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe. L. AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe. M. AWWA C500 - Gate Valves. N. AWWA C600 - Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. O. AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. P. AWWA M17 - Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants. Q. NFPA 24 - Standard for Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. R. UL246 - Hydrants for Fire Protection Service. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Indiana (BOCA National) Plumbing Code for materials and installation of work of this Section. B. Conform to requirements of Water Utility Company supplying water to project; obtain required permits and inspections. C. Install fire water system in accordance with NFPA 24 "Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Mains and Their Appurtenances". D. Conform with local Fire Department regulations pertaining to hydrants, including hose unit threading. E. Provide fire hydrants that comply with UL 246 "Hydrants for Fire Protection Service" and are listed by UL. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. C. Submit product data for pipe, pipe accessories. 1.08 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. • 02666-2 891-021 • B. Accurately record locations of pipe runs, connections, valves and hydrants. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 POTABLE WATER PIPING MATERIALS A. Ductile Iron Pipe for 3" and Above: AWWA C151, with cement mortar lining complying with AWWA C104; Class 51 for 3" and 4" pipe, and Class 50 for 6" and larger pipe. 1. Fittings: Ductile iron, AWWA C110; cement lined, AWWA C104; and rubber gasket joints, AWWA C111. B. Copper Tube for Below 3": ASTM B 88; Type K, soft annealed temper. 1. Wrought copper solder joint fittings, ANSI B16.22; soldered joints. 2.02 FIRE WATER PIPING MATERIALS A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151 with cement mortar lining complying with AWWA C104; Class 50. 1 . Fittings: Ductile iron, AWWA C110; cement lined, AWWA C104; and rubber gasket joints, AWWA C111. 2.03 POTABLE WATER SYSTEM VALVES A. Gate Valve: AWWA C500, 175 psi working pressure. Provide threaded, flanged, hub, or other end configuration to suit size of valve and piping connection. B. Valve Box: Cast iron adjustable arch base with drop in lid for use with buried gate valves. 2.04 FIRE WATER SYSTEM VALVES A. Gate Valve: UL listed, FM approved, 175 psi working pressure for 12" and smaller, 150 psi for sizes larger than 12". Provide threaded, flanged, hub, or other end configurations to suit size of valve and piping connection. Provide inside screw type for use with indicator post, iron body, bronze mounted, non-rising, stem with operating nut, solid wedge disc. B. Valve Box: Cast iron adjustable arch base with buried gate valves. • 02666-3 891-021 2.05 FIRE HYDRANTS • A. Provide UL listed, FM approved, cast iron body, compression type fire hydrants, opening against pressure and closing against pressure, base valve design, 150 psi working pressure, with 1/4" gage topping and bronze plug in standpipe. Provide hydrants approved by the City of Carmel Water Distribution. 1. Mueller Centurian. 2. Kennedy, Guardian. 3. American, Darling B84B. 4. Clow, Eddy. B. Size: 5-1/4" valve opening. C. Direction to Open Hydrant: As required by Local Fire Department and Utility Company. D. Size and Shape of Operating and Cap Nuts: As required by Local Fire Department and Utility Company. E. Hose Nozzles and Thread Standards: As required by Local Fire Department and Utility Company. F. Pumper Nozzles and Thread Standards: As required by Local Fire Department and Utility Company. G. Depth of Trench: 5'-0". H. Connection to Main: 6" mechanical joint. 2.06 REACTION ANCHORS A. Provide concrete thrust blocking or joint harness for all pressure piping in accordance with NFPA 24. B. Thrust Blocking: Sufficient mass of concrete bearing on solid undisturbed earth, to resist hydraulic thrust at maximum pressure pipe will be subjected to, 150 psi minimum. 1. Refer to Detail and Schedule on drawings. C. Joint Harness: Steel straps and rods across joints, securely anchored on pipe or other adequate anchrage, to resist hydraulic thrust at maximum pressure pipe will be subjected to, 150 psi minimum. 1. Coal Tar Coating: Koppers Bitumastic No. 50. • 02666-4 891 -021 • 2. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: Steel, ASTM A506. 3. Rods: Steel, ASTM A575. 4. Rod Couplings: Malleable Iron ASTM A 197. 5. Bolts: Steel ASTM A307. 6. Cast Iron Washers: Gray-iron ASTM A 126. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fill material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage water pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Copper Pipe: Install in accordance with CDA "Copper Tube Handbook". B. Ductile-Iron Pipe: Install in accordance with AWWA C600 "Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances". C. Depth of Cover: Install yard and lead-in piping at minimum 5 foot depth of bury. D. Water Main Connection: Arrange and pay for tap in water main, of size and location as indicated, from Water Utility Company. E. Water Service Termination: Terminate potable water piping where indicated. 1. Provide reaction anchors. • 02666-5 891 -021 G. Increase compaction of each successive lift. Refer to Section 02225 • for compaction requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting. 3.04 REACTION ANCHORS A. Use concrete thrust blocking where solid undisturbed earth is available. B. Use joint harness in other areas. C. If back of solid undisturbed earth is due to improper trench excavation, provide joint harness at no extra cost. D. Coat underground metal surfaces not encased in concrete with Koppers Bitumastic No. 50. 1. Apply to clean, dry surface. 2. Allow first coat to dry hard; apply second coat. 3.05 INSTALLATION - VALVES A. Provide valve box for underground potable water valves. B. Install shut-off valve with valve box ahead of each hydrant. 1. Provide valve key and stem. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS A. Install Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA M17, "Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants". 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect pipe from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. 3.09 DISINFECTION OF WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. ANSI/AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. END OF SECTION • 02666-6 891 -021 • 3.09 DISINFECTION OF WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. ANSI/AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. END OF SECTION • 02666-7 891 -021 • SECTION 02675 DISINFECTION OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Disinfection of potable water distribution <and transmission> system. B. Test and report results. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15410 - Plumbing Piping: Disinfection of building domestic water piping system. B. Section 02666 - Water Distribution Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water Treatment Firm: Certified for disinfection by State Board of Health; specializing in this work with five (5) years experience. B. Testing Laboratory: Approved for examination of drinking water in compliance with applicable legislation of the State of Indiana. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Indiana (BOCA National) Plumbing Code or regulations for work of this Section. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of treatment firm and evidence of qualification. B. Submit name of testing laboratory and evidence of qualification. C. Submit three (3) copies of reports. 1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit reports under provisions of Section 01700. 411 02675-1 891 -021 B. Disinfection report: accurately record: . 1. Type and form of disinfectant used. 2. Date and time of disinfectant injection start and time of completion. 3. Test locations. 4. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals (quantity in treated water) in ppm for each outlet tested. 5. Date and time of flushing start and completion. 6. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested. C. Bacteriological report; accurately record: 1. Date issued, project name, and testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 2. Time and date of water sample collection. 3. Name of person collecting samples. 4. Test locations. 5. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested. 6. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. 7. Certification that water conforms, or fails to conform, to bacterial standards of Indiana State Board of Health. 8. Bacteriologist's signature. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that piping system has been cleaned, inspected, and pressure tested. B. Beginning of treatment and testing means acceptance of existing piped • system. 02675-2 891 -021 • C. Perform scheduling and disinfection activity with startup, testing, adjusting, and balancing, and demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems. 3.02 EXECUTION A. Provide and attach equipment required to execute work of this Section. B. Inject treatment disinfectant into piping system. C. Circulate and flush repeatedly until required cleanliness is achieved. D. Flush and clean with municipal domestic water. E. Replace permanent system devices removed for disinfection. F. Pressure test system to 150 psi. Repair leaks and retest. 3.03 TESTS A. Provide analysis and testing of treated water under provisions of Section 01400. B. Test samples in accordance with AWWA C651. END OF SECTION • 02675-3 891 -021 • SECTION 02710 SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEMS PART l -- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Underdrains. B. Filter aggregate and setting bed. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavating subsoil for subdrainage system piping and surrounding filter aggregate and backfilling. B. Section 02720 - Storm Sewage System: Connection to weep drainage system. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D2729 - Perforated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data on pipe and pipe accessories. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts and invert elevations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: ASTM D2729; perforated; plain end; with required fittings. B. Polyethylene Tubing: ASTM FJ -405, perforated, with "Drain Guard" protective wrap, as manufactured by Advanced Drainage Sysems, Inc., Columbus, Ohio, or approved equal. • 02710- 1 891 -021 2.02 FILTER AGGREGATE • A. Coarse Filter Aggregate: Clean, well graded, aggregate free from shale, clay, organic materials or debris; graded to the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 -1/2 inch 100 1 inch 90 to 100 3/4 inch 45 to 100 5/8 inch 30 to 85 1/2 inch 13 to 55 3/8 inch 0 to 30 1/4 inch 0 to 15 No. 4 0 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Filter Fabric: Water pervious type, Trevira 1114, as manufactured by Hoechst Celanese Corporation, Spartanburg, South Carolina, or approved equal. B. Inspection Riser: 45 degrees Y with PVC riser and cap. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fill material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage drainage tile or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. C. Lay filter fabric in trench. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install and join pipe and pipe fittings in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. • 02710-2 891 -021 • B. Place pipe with perforations facing down. Mechanically join pipe ends. C. Place underdrains tile on minimum two (2) inch deep bed of coarse filter aggregate. D. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings. E. Install coarse filter aggregate at sides, and top of pipe. Provide top cover compacted thickness of 12 inches. F. Place filter fabric over leveled top surface of filter aggregate cover prior to subsequent backfilling operations. G. Place filter aggregate in maximum 8 inch lifts, consolidating each lift. H. Connect to storm sewer system with unperforated pipe. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect pipe and filter aggregate cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation begins. END OF SECTION 411 02710-3 891 -021 • SECTION 02720 STORM SEWAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm drainage piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Catch basins, paved area drainage and manholes. C. Site storm water drainage, site surface drainage, and storm water piping system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching: Excavating subsoil for sewerage system piping and backfilling. B. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting: Excavating subsoil for storm sewer system structures. C. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Concrete type for catch basin manhole construction. D. Section 02710 - Subdrainage Systems: Termination of subdrainage tile drainage systems for connection to work of this Section. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO T-99 - Moisture Density of Soils Using a 5.51b. Rammer and a 12in. Drop. B. AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Pressure Pipe. C. AWWA C600 - Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances D. ANSI/ASTM C76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. E. ANSI/ASTM C443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. F. ANSI/ASTM D2321 - Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. • 02720-1 891-021 G. ANSI/ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe • and Fittings. H. ANSI A21.11 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Mechanical Joint Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. I. ANSI/ASTM C478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Indiana (BOCA National) Plumbing Code for materials and installation of the Work of this Section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, manholes, cleanouts, invert elevations, and marking locations of piping for future connections. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND ACCESSORIES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Clow. 2. American. B. Concrete Pipe: 1. Any member of American Concrete Pipe Association. C. Polyethylene Pipe: 1. Hancor, Inc. 2. Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. • 02720-2 891-021 • D. Polyvinyl Chloride: 1. Clow. 2. Con-Tex. 3. J ohns-Manville. E. Vitrified Clay Pipe: 1. Clow. 2. Logan. 3. Con-Tex. 2.02 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS: As approved by the Architect and the local authority having jurisdiction. A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Installed where required by the State Board of Health due to sewers located near water lines; AWWA C151 Ductile Iron, Class 50. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Device: ANSI A21.11, rubber gasket with mechanical joint device. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 12" Thru 24": ANSI/ASTM C76, Class III with Wall Type C; mesh reinforcement; bell and spigot end joints. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ANSI/ASTM C443, rubber compression gasket joint. 2. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 27" and Larger: ANSI/ASTM C76, Class II with wall type C; mesh reinforcement. Tongue and groove end joints. Reinforced concrete pipe joint device; ANSI/ASTM C443, rubber gasket. C. Polyethylene Pipe 12" Thru 24": Shall be smooth interior, corrugated exterior, manufactured per AASHTO M-294 with resins conforming to ASTM D-3350. Polyethylene Pipe Joint Device: As recommended and manufactured by the pipe manufacturer. D. Plastic Pipe 6" To 12": ANSI/ASTM D3034, SDR 35, Type PSM, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material; bell and spigot end joints. PVC Joint Device: ASTM D3212 joint with ASTM F477 rubber compression gasket. E. Submit voluntary Alternates for review for variations to any of the above mentioned materials. • 02720-3 891 -021 2.03 PIPE ACCESSORIES • A. Fittings: Same material as pipe, molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required 'T', bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps, and other configurations required. 2.04 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES A. Type A: 1. Grate and Frame: Neenah Beehive Grate as indicated. 2. Shaft Construction: Reinforced concrete pipe shaft. 3. Base Pad: Concrete cast-in-place. B. Type B, C, D, and F: 1. Grate and Frame: Cast iron construction. 2. Shaft Construction and Top Section: ASTM C478 reinforced concrete pipe sections, lipped male/female joints, or cast in place, or radial concrete blocks. 3. Base Pad: Reinforced precast concrete leveled top surface intrigal with first shaft section, sleeved to receive storm sewer pipe, or cast in place. C. Type E: 1. Neenah inlet grate as indicated. 2. Reinforced concrete pipe shaft. 3. Bottom of shaft filled with concrete to form a positive slope and to outlet invert elevation required. 2.05 MANHOLES A. Lid and Frame: 400 pound cast iron construction, removable lid, with eight 7/8" holes and "Sewer" in 2" high letters cast in top, removable lid design. B. Shaft Construction and Top Section: ANSI/ASTM C478 reinforced precast concrete pipe sections, lipped male/female joints or cast in place as indicated ; cast steel ladder plastic covered, 10" precast rungs securely anchored into shaft sections at 12 inches alternating right and left every 6". C. Base Pad: Precast reinforced concrete leveled top surface integral with first shaft section, sleeved to receive sewer pipe or cast in place. • 02720-4 891 -021 • 2.06 METAL END SECTION - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Armco. 2.07 METAL END SECTION A. Heavy-duty Galvanized Flared Metal End Section: Provide all necessary accessories required for the type joint recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fill material. B. Remove large stone or other hard matter which could damage drainage tile or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C12 or D2321 and manufacturer's instructions. Seal joints watertight. B. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on layout drawings. C. Increase compaction of each successive lift. Refer to Section 02225 for compaction requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting. D. Connection Cap Terminate Pipe as indicated on drawings with pipe capped and location marked. E. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end facing upstream, and spigot end facing downstream. F. All vitrified pipe installed under paved or concrete areas shall be extra strength. • 02720-5 891-021 G. All smooth interior corrugated polyethylene pipe insulation shall be in • accordance with Standard Practice for corrugated polyethylene pipe and as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Backfill shall be suitable materials, free draining gravel and sands conforming to ASTM D-2321, Class II; USCS classification of GW, GP, SW, SP. Backfill material shall be placed in 6 inch lifts and compacted to 95 percent minimum dry density per AASHTO T-99. H. Install all ductile iron water main in accordance with AWWA C-600. 3.04 INSTALLATION - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND MANHOLES A. Form Bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation, excavate in accordance with Section 02226. B. Place precast or cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for storm sewer pipe sections. C. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. D. Mount lid or grate and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated. E. Install poured in place concrete in accordance with Section 02570. F. Install steps full length of manhole. G. Install adjusting rings where required to meet grade shown on drawings, but not to exceed 12" maximum. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect pipe from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. 3.07 CLEANING STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Keep installed system clean and clear from debris and blockage during construction and perform a final cleaning upon completion and before acceptance of system. ill 02720-6 891-021 • B. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drain in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning. D. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. E. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris. 3.08 WARRANTY A. Provide one (1) year warranty to repair or replace any portion of storm system requiring repair or replacement due to faulty workmanship or defective material. END OF SECTION i 02720-7 891-021 • SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary drainage piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Connection of building sanitary drainage system to municipal sewers. C. Manholes and Cleanout access. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching. B. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting: Excavating subsoil for sanitary sewer system structures. C. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Concrete type for manhole construction. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWWA C 151 - Ductile Iron Mechanical Joint Pressure Pipe. B. ANSI/ASTM A-74 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. C. ANSI/ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. D. ANSI/ASTM C478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. E. ANSI/ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. F. ANSI A21.11 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Mechanical Joint Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. G. ASTM C923 - Resilient Connections Between Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. H. AWWA C600 - Standard for installation of Ductile iron water mains and their appurtenances. • 02730-1 891-021 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS • A. Conform to Indiana (BOCA National) Plumbing Code for materials and installation of the Work of this Section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record location of pipe runs, connections, manholes, cleanouts, and invert elevations. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151 Ductile Iron, Class 50. B. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Device: ANSI A21.1 1 rubber gasket with mechanical joint device. C. Cast Iron Pipe: ANSI/ASTM A74; service type; bell and spigot end joints. D. Cast Iron Pipe Joint Device: ANSI/ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint device. E. Plastic Pipe: ANSI/ASTM D3034, SDR-35, Type PSM, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material; bell and spigot end joints. 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Same material as pipe, molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required 'T', bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps, and other configurations required. 2.03 MANHOLES A. Lid and Frame: 400 pound cast iron construction, removable lid, closed lid design with "SEWER" in 2" high letters cast in top. • 02730-2 891 -021 • B. Shaft Construction and Eccentric Cone Top Section: ANSI/ASTM C478 - Reinforced precast yasketed concrete pipe sections, lipped male/female gasketed joints, and coal tar epoxy coating. 1. Cast steel plastic covered 10" ladder rungs properly anchored into shaft on 12" centers alternating right and left every 6 inches. C. Base Pad: Precast reinforced concrete; leveled top surface to receive concrete shaft sections, sleeved to receive sewer pipe sections, with ASTM C923 resilient waterproof manhole connections. 1. First shaft section to be integral with base pad. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work, and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are indicated on Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with fill material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage sewer pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with applicable codes and manufacturer's instructions. Seal joints watertight. B. Lay pipe to slope gradient noted on Drawings. C. Increase compaction of each successive lift. Refer to Section 02225 for compaction requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting. D. Connect to municipal sewer system and terminate near Phase 1 B building as indicated on drawing. Provide and end cap for protection. • 02730-3 891 -021 E. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end facing upstream, and spigot • end facing downstream. F. Water lines, storm and sanitary sewers shall not be laid in the same trench. A horizontal separation of 10 feet shall be maintained. G. Avoid crossings of buried sewers and water lines. However, where crossings are necessary, a minimum of 18 inches vertical clearance must be maintained (measured from the bottom of the upper pipe to the top of the lower pipe), preferably with the water main above the sewer. H. When it is impossible to maintain proper horizontal and vertical separation, the sewer shall be constructed of waterworks grade ductile iron pipe with mechanical joints, and shall be pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. Install in accordance with AWWA C-600. 3.04 INSTALLATION - MANHOLES A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Place precast concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer pipe end sections. C. Establish elevations and pipe inverted for inlets and outlets as indicated. D. Construct semi-circular flow channel with change in direction having as large a radius as possible by formed concrete. Slope floor of manhole outside channels not less than one half inch per foot nor more than two inches per foot. E. Coat entire exterior surface of manhole with waterproof mastic applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated. G. Free drop in manhole not to exceed 12 inches, from invert of inlet to top of floor outside flow channels. Construct drop manhole if free drop is greater than 12 inches. H. Install adjusting rings where required to meet grade shown on drawings, but not to exceed 12" maximum. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. • 02730-4 891 -021 • B. Provide infiltration or exfiltration tests in accordance with Ten States Standards for design and construction of sanitary sewers. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect pipe from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. 3.07 CLEANING SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. C. F lush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris. D. Keep installed system clean and clear from debris and blockage during construction and perform a final cleaning upon completion and before acceptance of system. 3.08 WARRANTY A. For a period of one (1) year after acceptance of system, provisions shall be made to repair or replace any part of the system (as required) due to faulty workmanship or defective material. END OF SECTION 02730-5 891 -021 • SECTION 02811 UNDERGROUND SPRINKLER SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Design and installation of a complete underground irrigation system consisting of, but not necessarily limited to, the following items: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Sprinkler heads. 3. Control system. 4. Water supply well, well pump, pneumatic tank, pitless adapter and well system controls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching. B. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. C. Division 16 - Electrical Supply. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D638 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastic. B. ASTM D648 - Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load. C. ASTM D-1784 - Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinate Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. D. ASTM D 1785 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. E. ASTM D2241 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rate (SDR-Series). F. ASTM D2466 - Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. G. ASTM D2564 - Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic and Fittings. 02811-1 891-021 H. ASTM D2672 - Bell-End Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe. • I. ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. J . ASTM D3139 - Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide components for each product specified by same manufacturer. B. Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Indiana Plumbing Code. B. Conform to National Electrical Code. C. Local Water Utility to protect aquafer. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for all items of equipment under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include piping layout to water well, location and coverage of sprinkler heads, plant and landscaping features, site structures, list of fittings to be used, and control system and wiring diagrams and data. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. 1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Provide instructions for operation and maintenance of system. C. Provide manufacturer's parts catalog. D. Provide zone time schedule. 1.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide the following extra stock items under provisions of Section 01700: • 02811-2 891-021 • 1. Two sprinkler heads of each type and size. 2. Two valve keys for manual valves. 3. Two keys for valve markers. 4. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removing and installing each type head. 1.09 GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES A. Refer to Division 1. 1.10 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Areas to be irrigated shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. System shall be zone control type utilizing electrically operated zone control valves. C. Sprinkler spacing shall be a maximum of 55% of the diameter of sprinkler coverage. D. Precipitation rate shall be .3"/hour minimum. E. System shall be arranged so that only one control zone operates at any time. The water usage of each control zone shall approximate the total available water supply. F. Sprinkler heads shall not be located down the center of any Athletic Field. 1.11 PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEES A. Obtain Permits and Inspection Fees from local government and water utility for well drilling and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Pipe 2" and Smaller: ASTM D2241 and ASTM D2672; 200 psi pressure rated PVC. ASTM D1784, Type 1, Grade I resin, 2000 psi design. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466 solvent weld, Schedule 40. 2. Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564 for PVC pipe and fittings. • 02811-3 891-021 B. Pipe 2-1/2" and Larger: ASTM D2241 and ASTM D2672; 200 psi • pressure rated PVC conforming to SDR 21 standard dimension ratio, rubber ring joint type grooves for sealing rings shall be either a separate machined part with (2) sealing rings or manufactured as an integral part at one end of each pipe length. ASTM D1784; Type 1, Grade I resin, ASTM D638; 7100 psi minimum tensile strength. 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466 plastic pipe fittings, Schedule 40, mechanical grooved pipe couplings. 2. Rubber Ring Gaskets: ASTM D3139. C. Pipe markings shall include manufacturer's name, nominal size, class pressure rating, pipe type, identification code and National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratories (NSF) logo. 2.02 PIPE SLEEVES A. Sleeve: ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2241; PVC, Class 200. 2.03 SPRINKLER HEADS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. B. The Toro Co. 2.04 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Manufacturer's standard unit designed to provide uniform coverage over the entire area of spray shown on drawings at available water pressure, as follows: B. Large turf area heads, pop-up gear driven stream rotary type designed for in-ground installation. The nozzle piston shall have a smooth external surface, riser wiper seal in cap, full length stainless steel retraction spring, filter screen, and integral check valve. . Water distribution by way of dual nozzles mounted in nozzle turrent. Field adjustable radius reduction. Sprinkler body constructed of non-corrosive heavy duty cycolac. Gear assembly sealed in oil and isolated from water supply. All parts shall be removable through top of unit by removal of thread nozzle. Pop-up 4". Toro Model Series 640 or Rainbird Model Series R-70. 2.05 MANUAL VALVES ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Crane. B. Grinnel. • 02811-4 891-021 • C. Kennedy. D. Matco. E. Mueller. F. Nibco. G. Red & White. 2.06 MANUAL VALVES A. Valves 2-1/2" and Smaller: Cast bronze body, quarter turn ball valve with bronze trim, standard port, renewable seats. B. Valves 3" and Larger: Cast or ductile iron body globe valve, bolted bonnet, renewable seat and disc, bronze mounted. Valve shall conform to AWWA specifications. Valve shall be of the rubber ring type with bells modified for PVC pipe rubber rings. 2.07 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. B. The Toro Co. 2.08 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Automatic Circuit Valve: Globe or angle pattern constructed of cycolac and glass filled nylon plastic with stainless steel banded female pipe thread inlet and outlet, 150 psi rated. Diaphragm constructed of rubber. Normally closed valve, electrically activated by a low voltage solenoid with waterproof molded coil capable of being removed. Valve shall have a self-cleaning metering pin to protect bleed ports and purge contaminants, and shut-off wheel for flow control and isolation. Toro Model Series 252-06 or Rainbird Model Series 100/150/200-PE. B. Automatic Pressure Regulating Valve: Globe angle pattern constructed of cycolac and glass filled nylon plastic with stainless steel banded female pipe thread inlet and outlet, 150 psi rated. Diaphragm constructed of rubber. Normally closed valve, electrically activated by a low voltage solenoid with waterproof molded coil capable of being removed. Valve shall have a self-cleaning metering pin to protect bleed ports and purge contaminants, shut-off wheel for flow control and isolation, built-in pressure regulation adjustable from 15 psi to 125 psi accurate to plus or minus 3 psi, with locking adjustment knob. Valve shall contain a Schrader type valve fitting for pressure guage attachment. Toro Model Series 252-07 or Rainbird Model Series 100/150/200-PE-PRS. • 02811-5 891-021 2.09 IRRIGATION VALVE BOXES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS • A. AMETEK, Plymouth Products Division. B. Carson Industries, Inc. 2.10 IRRIGATION VALVE BOXES A. Irrigation Valve Boxes and Covers: Constructed of tough thermoplastic material with molded-in green color, ultra-violet light stabilizer additives, suitable for in-ground installation. Box shall have cast iron ring and locking type cover. 2.11 IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONTROLLER - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. B. The Toro Co. 2.12 IRRIGATION SYSTEM CONTROLLER A. Furnish low voltage system manufactured expressly for control of automatic circuit valves of underground irrigation systems. Provide unit of capacity to suit number of circuits as indicated. B. Exterior Control Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard weatherproof enclosure with locking cover, complying with NFPA 70 (National Electric Code). C. Internal Transformer: To convert building service voltage to control voltage of 24 volts. Capacity of transformer shall allow operation of three valves at one time plus a master valve/pump activation. D. Circuit Control: Each circuit variable from 1 to 60 minutes. Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each circuit. E. Timing Device: Adjustable, 24 hour and 7 or 14 day clocks to operate any time of day and skip any day in a 7 or 14 day period. 1. Allow for manual or semi-automatic operation without disturbing preset automatic operation. 2. Timing shall be accomplished by a PCB solid state device, programming accomplished by mechanical entry using timing wheels, knobs, and slide switches. F. Toro Model Series H300 or Rainbird Model Series ISC. • 02811-6 891-021 • 2.13 IRRIGATION SYSTEM WATER SUPPLY WELL A. Well shall be cased and shall be the size, depth and have the capacity indicated on the drawings. Contractor shall submit a unit price per foot which may be added or deducted from the contract price in the event the depth indicated is not the proper depth. The unit price shall include all items required, such as pump size, wire and wire size, casing, discharge pipe, etc. B. Well Casing Materials: NSF approved SDR 21 PVC plastic pipe pressure rated for 200 psi. C. Well Screen: Stainless steel with slot size and length as required by the well formation and the water supply pump flow. 2.14 IRRIGATION SYSTEM WATER SUPPLY PUMP A. Submersible deep well turbine type pump having the capacity indicated on the drawings. B. Pump Motor: Motor rating and performance shall conform to NEMA Specifications, Part 7, Sections MC 1-7, 413 through MC 1 -7, 425. Take-off shaft shall be 416 stainless steel. The outer stator shell and all fastenings exposed to water shall be stainless steel. C. Pump Bowls and Impellers: Closed grain cast iron bowls with bronze impeller and stainless steel impeller shaft. D. Motor Cable: Cable shall be not less than size indicated on the drawings and shall be comprised of three or more separate conductors. Each conductor shall be covered with synthetic rubber or plastic suitable for continuous immersion in water. E. Pump Discharge Pipe Assembly: Standard weight galvanized iron pipe with screwed type couplings. 2.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PUMP A. Floway. B. Peerless. C. Reda. D. Layne Northern. 2.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PITLESS ADAPTER A. Whitewater Mfg. Co. B. Baker Mfg. Co. • 02811-7 891-021 C. Monitor. • 2.17 PITLESS ADAPTER A. General: Provide pitless adapter of size indicated on drawings and as herein specified. B. Adapter: Welded steel construction, #200 watertight seal with integral conduit box, and water diverter with "0" ring seals; Model 5204 as manufactured by Whitewater Mfg. Co. 2.18 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WELL PUMP CONTROLS A. Warrick. B. Layne Northern. C. Autocon. 2.19 WELL PUMP CONTROLS A. Controller shall be Warrick "Packtrol" of a type specifically constructed for water well system control and shall be provided with the following: 1. NEMA 1 panel which shall contain all control equipment. 2. Adjustable pressure switches for controlling pump on and pump off operations. 3. Allen-Bradley combination disconnect switch and across-the-line well pump magnetic starter of the size indicated on the drawings, and provided with overload protection for all three phases. 4. A 3-1/2" dial, 0-100 psi pressure gauge mounted in the panel. 5. Control transformer. (Provide all necessary control transformers, controls, etc., as required for proper pump operation.) 6. Terminal block. 2.20 PNEUMATIC TANK #HS-1 AND #HS-2 A. Well Mate captive air construction as manufactured by Structural Fibers, Division of ESSEF Corporation. Tank inner shell shall be molded of polyethylene or fiberglass reinforced plastic. Outer shell shall be a continuous wrap of fiberglass and epoxy resin. Tank shall be constructed for 125 psi working pressure. i 02811-8 891-021 • 2.21 ELECTRICAL ITEMS A. Conduit: PVC or PVC coated (RGS) rigid galvanized steel minimum 3/4 inch size, sized per NEC conduit fill. Provide supports and glued joints for PVC and threaded joints for RGS. Use flexible conduit for motors or movable connections. Provide PVC junction boxes and fittings. All PVC shall be suitable for use in cold weather. Provide proper supports. B. Cable: THWN copper wire, #8 and larger standard stranded, #10 and #12 solid. All cable shall be in conduit. Wiring shall be UL approved for underground burial. Cable wiring for 115 VAC and above. C. Control Wiring: THWN copper wire, #8 and larger standard stranded, #10 and smaller solid. Wiring shall be UL approved for underground direct burial. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Route piping to avoid plants and structures. B. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves to accommodate system. Sleeves over 20 feet in length shall have solvent weld joints. Tape or seal ends of sleeves when installed. C. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. 3.02 TRENCHING A. Trench for sprinkler system to provide proper grades and slopes to drain points. B. Keep trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions that may damage pipe. C. Refer to Section 02225, Trenching. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe, valves controls, and sprinklers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Connect to water and electrical service. B. Set sprinkler heads and box covers at finish grade. C. Provide for thermal movement. • 02811-9 891-021 D. Piping 2 inches and smaller may be installed by trenchless technique (pulled in). Open trench installation shall be used where soil conditions are unsuitable for pulling or where terrain dictates and all main lines. Piping 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be installed by open trench. General procedure for trenchless installation shall be as follows: 1. Lines to be "pulled-in" shall be assembled no less than sixteen (16) hours before "pulling". 2. Lines shall be assembled with solvent welding couplings. 3. Pull pipe into ground with a minimum 6 inch off-set from actual staked sprinkler location. 4. Fittings for sprinkler, valves, tees, and elbows shall be installed after pipe is in ground. 5. Raised slits from pipe installation shall be compacted to original grade with vibrating roller or other acceptable compacting machine. E. Concrete thrust blocks shall be installed at all gasketed tees, elbows, valves, and reducers. Concrete for thrust blocks shall be 3,000 psi at 28 days. F. Minimum depth of pipe bury shall be as follows: 1. 2" and Smaller: 14". 2. 2-1/2" to 3": 16". 3. 4" to 6": 18". 4. Well pump discharge shall be buried at 5'-0". G. Dig potholes for sprinkler heads and for required tees in pulling piping. Install fittings in pulled piping by cutting into installed pipe. Potholes for sprinkler installation shall only be as deep as required under riser fitting so when head is set to grade, it will rest on undisturbed earth. All potholes shall be backfilled, all loose dirt and debris removed. H. A sod cutting machine shall be used to remove any sod for excavation, and must be replaced within 48 hours. I. All sprinkler heads and quick coupling valves shall be installed with triple elbow swing joints. The swing joints shall be constructed of three Schedule 80, PVC, threaded elbows and Schedule 80, PVC threaded nipples. The swing joint shall allow for adjustment of the sprinkler and quick coupling valve. • 02811-10 891 -021 • J . All automatic and manual valves shall be enclosed in a valve box. All valve boxes shall be filled with clean washed gravel to a minimum of 6 inches below level of pipes to insure adequate drainage. Install a quick coupling valve in each valve box, connected to the main line. All valve boxes shall be of the proper size and have extension sections when required to set level with finish grade. K. All wiring installed above ground shall be in conduit. Buried conduit shall be minimum 30 inches below final grade. Cable wiring (for 115 VAC and above) splices shall be only at junction box locations, using wire nuts or compression connectors. L. All control wiring installed above ground shall be in conduit. The minimum depth of cover for control wiring is 12 inches and installed in main piping trenches where possible. All splices shall be with Scotchlok epoxy splice kits. Wiring shall be furnished in 2500 feet reels. Provide 10 inch expansion coil at each connected control valve and at 100 feet intervals. Ground all controllers per NEC requirements. M. Provide 3 inch sand cover over piping. Backfill trench and compact to subgrade elevation as specified in Section 02225. Protect piping from displacement. N. Replace plant material or structures damaged by work of this Section. O. This Contractor shall provide and install all electrical wiring from well pump control panel to well pump and the well pump pressure controls. Additionally, this Contractor shall provide and install all electrical wiring from the irrigation system controller to the system control valves. All power supply wiring to the well pump control panel and the irrigation system controller will be provided and installed under a different contract which will be bid at a later date. P. The Irrigation System Controller, well pump controls, and pneumatic tank shall be located inside a new maintenance storage building as indicated on the drawings. The Maintenance Storage Building will be provided under a different contract which will be bid at a later date. 3.04 TESTS A. After piping is installed, before sprinkler heads are installed and backfilling commences, open valves and flush system with full head of water. • 02811-11 891-021 B. Prior to backfill, test system for leakage and maintain 100 psi pressure for one hour. System acceptable if no leakage or loss of pressure occurs during test period. C. Test automatic operation of all equipment and that system meets coverage requirements. 3.05 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide an irrigation circuit zone location map mounted in a 24" x 36" aluminum frame with a clear plastic shield, and shall be installed at the irrigation controllers. Each zone shall be identified by a circuit number which coordinates with the circuit numbers identified in the irrigation controllers. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for first season's start-up, end of first season's winterization, and second season's start-up. 3.06 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system including adjusting of sprinkler heads and winterization techniques. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for demonstration. END OF SECTION • 02811-12 891 -021 i SECTION 02831 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B. Excavation for post bases. C. Concrete anchorage for posts and center drop for gates. D. Manual gates and related hardware. E. Finish line marker posts. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Concrete anchorage for posts. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings of Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. B. ANSI/ASTM B429 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. C. ANSI/ASTM F567 - Installation of Chain Link Fence. D. ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-dipped Zinc-coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. E. ASTM A428 - Weight of Coating on Aluminum-coated Iron or Steel Articles. F. ASTM C94 - Ready-mixed Concrete. G. FS RR-F-191 - Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in commercial quality chain link fencing with two (2) years experience. B. Installation: ANSI/ASTM F567. • 02831-1 891 -021 1.05 SUBMITTALS • A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include plan layout, grid, spacing of components, accessories, fittings, hardware, anchorages, and schedule of components. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE CHAIN LINK MANUFACTURERS A. Cyclone Fence Co., Chicago, Illinois. B. Page-Wilson Fence Co., Monessen, Pennsylvania. C. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation, Harvey, Illinois (welded tubing). D. M. Putterman and Company, Chicago, Illinois. 2.02 CHAIN LINK FENCE MATERIALS A. Framework: ASTM A 120; Schedule 40 steel pipe, standard weight, one piece without joints. B. Welded Tubing: ANSI/ASTM A-569. C. Fabric Wire: #6, #9, or #11 gauge having minimum tensile strength of 80,000 pounds per square inch. D. Post Caps: Heavy malleable iron. • E. Tension Wire: No. 7 gauge spring coil or crimped wire. F. Tension Bars: 1/4 inch x 3/4 inch steel. G. Tension Bar Anchor Bands: No. 11 gauge, 1" wide, pressed steel. H. Intermediate post and Rail Ties: No. 6 gauge wire. I. Configuration: 1. Fabric: 2" diamond mesh, #9 gauge, knuckled top and bottom. • 02831-2 891 -021 • J. Material Coating: 1. Fabric: Aluminum, minimum 0.40 oz. per square foot of wire surface. 2. Welded Tubing: Hot dipped galvanized 1.0 oz. per square foot followed by chromate coating and electrostatically sprayed thermoplastic acrylic coating on exterior, zinc base coating on interior. Exterior coating applied after welding. 3. All Other Steel: 1.8 oz. hot-dipped galvanized. 4. PVC Black Color Coated Fence: a. Fabric shall have a minimum 7 mils of PVC coating over a 0.30 ounce zinc substrate. Color coating shall be applied by the thermal fusion process, and shall be polyvinyl chloride. b. Posts and rails shall be given a coating of zinc. A chemical cleaning and phosphate conversion treatment shall be used to prepare the zinc substrate to receive primer and PVC coating. Color coating shall be by a thermal fusion coating of 10 to 15 mils of polyvinyl chloride. c. Tie wires shall be 9 guage PVC coated. d. Certain components not adaptable to the herein specified coating process may be color coated by other means. K. Components: 1. Line Fence: Fabric Corner And Height Line Post Terminal Post Top Rail Mid Rail 4' 2-1 /2" 0.D. 2-1/2" 0.D. 1 -5/8" 0.D. ---- Pipe @ 3.65# Pipe @ 3.65# Pipe @ 2.27# 6' 2-1/2" 0.D. 3" O.D. 1-5/8" 0.D. ---- Pipe @ 3.65# Pipe @ 5.79# Pipe @ 2.27# 10' 3" 0.D. 3" 0.D. 1 -5/8" 0.D. 1 -5/8" 0.D. Pipe @ 5.79# Pipe @ 5.79# Pipe @ 2.27# Pipe @ 2.27# 2. Gate Frames: Size per fence manufacturer's recommendation. 3. Gate Posts: Size per fence manufacturer's recommendation. 4. Finish Line Marker Posts: 3" O.D. pipe with top cap. • 02831-3 891 -021 5. Cantilever Sliding Gates: Framework size per manufacturer's • recommendation. 6. Gate Hardware: Center gate stop and drop rod; three 180 degree gate hinges per leaf and hardware for padlock. L. Substitutions: 1. Fence Line, Terminal, and Gate Posts: Allied Tube & Conduit Specified Size Welded Tubing 1 -5/8" O.D. Pipe at 2.27# SS-40-1 .66" @ 1 .84# 2" O.D. Pipe at 2.72# SS-40-1 .90" @ 2.28# 2-1/2" O.D. Pipe at 3.65# SS-40-2.875" @ 3.12# 3" O.D. Pipe at 5.79# or Larger SS-40-3" @ 4.64# M. Concrete mix as specified in Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. N. Finishes: 1. Galvanized: ANSI/ASTM A 123, 1.8 oz/sq ft coating. 2. Aluminum Coating: ASTM A428; 0.40 oz./sq. ft. 3. Accessories: Same finish as framing. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE ORNAMENTAL FENCE MANUFACTURER A. Williamsburg Fence. 2.04 ORNAMENTAL FENCE A. 6' high x 8' wide panels. B. 1-1/4" x 14 ga. x 94" rails. C. 3/4" square x 18 ga. x 6' posts. D. 2" square x 14 ga. x 8'-6" posts. E. Finish: Galvanized steel inside and out with powder coating electrostatically applied and thermally bonded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CHAIN LINK FENCE A. Install framework, fabric, accessories and gates in accordance with ANSI/ASTM F567. • 02831-4 891 -021 • B. Space line posts at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. C. Set terminal, gate and line posts plumb in concrete footings with top of footing 2 inches above finish grade. Slope top of concrete for water runoff. Foundation diameters shall be 10" for line posts and 12" for terminal and gate posts. Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: 42 inches for line posts and 48" for all other posts. D. Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 7 inch long rail sleeves. E. Brace each gate and corner post back to adjacent line post with horizontal center brace rail and diagonal truss rods. Install brace rail, one bay from end and gate posts. F. Install center and bottom brace rail on corner and gate leaves. G. Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet maximum, whichever is less. H. Position bottom of fabric 2 inches above finished grade. I. Fasten fabric to. top rail, line posts, braces, and bottom tension wire with wire ties maximum 15 inches on centers. J. Attach fabric to end, corner, and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. K. Install bottom tension wire stretched taunt between terminal posts. L. Swinging Gates: Install gates with fabric to match fence. Install three hinges per leaf, latch, catches, and drop bolt. M. Sliding Gates: Sliding gates shall be manually operated, cantilever type, size as denoted on the drawings. Each gate shall be equipped with latch suitable for padlock locking, front and rear stops, and galvanized steel ball bearing rollers. N. Provide concrete center drop to foundation depth and drop rod retainers at center of double gate openings. O. Finish Line Marker Posts: Set post in 12" diameter x 4' deep concrete footing with bottom of post 6" above bottom of footing. P. Install new chain link fence on property line established by survey dated April 12, 1990, certified by Michael L. Deboy, L.S. //IN S0539 of Weihe Engineers, Inc. • 02831-5 891 -021 3.02 ORNAMENTAL FENCE S A. Set posts in 10" diameter x 42" deep concrete footing. END OF SECTION i 02831-6 891 -021 . SECTION 02910 SOIL EROSION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Straw bale filters. B. Temporary seeding. C. Filter fence. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading. B. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting. C. Section 02936 - Seeding. D. Section 02938 - Sodding. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with erosion control measures as rapidly as portions of the site become available. Install filter fence before earthwork commences. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STRAW BALE FILTERS A. Straw bales and stakes. 2.02 TEMPORARY SEED A. Seed: Either oats, annual ryegrass, wheat, or rye depending on time of year. 2.03 FILTER FENCE A. Fabric: Amoco Woven No. 2125, or approved equal with wire fence backing (wire fence shall have a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches, minimum 14 gage wires) or Amoco No. 1380 (no wire fence backing required). B. Posts: 4 inch diameter wood or steel posts with projections for • fastening wire. 02910-1 891 -021 PART 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 INSTALLATION OF STRAW BALE FILTERS A. Straw bales shall be installed continuous with a 5' radius around drainage structures. B. Straw bale filters shall be maintained and kept clean during construction until permanent seeding or landscaping is established. 3.02 TEMPORARY SEEDING A. Time Schedule For Seeding: 1. May 15 to August 15: 4011/acre annual ryegrass. 2. August 15 to March 1: 2 bushels/acre rye (grain) or wheat. 3. March 1 to May 15: 3 bushels/acre oats. B. Finish grade as required to eliminate humps and depressions. Drill seed into top 1/2" of soil. C. Apply straw or wood-cellulose fiber (dyed green) mulch on all areas with slopes greater than 6 percent. D. Maintain erosion control vegetation for the entire length of construction until the final permanent seeding. Repair and reseed immediately any damaged area. 3.03 FILTER FENCE A. Install posts at maximum 10 feet on center and drive a minimum of 18 inches into the ground. B. Place fabric continuously with a minimum of joints. Locate joints at posts; lap fabric a minimum of 6 inches, and secure. C. Attach fabric to posts with staples or tie wires. D. Maintain filter fence until permanent erosion control is established. END OF SECTION • 02910-2 891 -021 • SECTION 02936 SEEDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fertilizing and adding amendments. B. Seeding. C. Seed protection on slopes. D. Maintaining seeded areas until acceptance. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control. B. Section 02211 - Rough grading. C. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading. D. Section 02223 - Backfilling. E. Section 02225 - Trenching. F. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling and Compaction. G. Section 02938 - Sodding. H. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants and Ground Cover. 1.03 DUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work in this section shall be accomplished by a recognized Landscape Contractor with a minimum of 3 years experience. B. Certification is required for pesticide applications. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Make deliveries under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver grass seed in original containers showing analysis of seed mixture, percentage of pure seed, year of production, net weight, date of packaging and location of packaging. C. Damaged packages are not acceptable. • 02936-1 891 -021 D. Deliver fertilizer and ammendments in waterproof bags showing • weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with and complete work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations. B. Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. C. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect before proceeding. D. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect, install lawns after trees, shrubs and ground cover. 1.07 TESTING A. Existing topsoil is available on site. The topsoil shall be tested as specified under Section 02950 - Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover. Results will be available for review in the office of the Architect. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit a complete list of seed mixes to be used, including botanical and common names, % purity, % germination and % maximum weed seed, prior to seeding. C. Submit a maintenance manual and calendar to the Architect for review. Provide detailed instructions to the Owner for work required to keep the lawns and playing fields in vigorous growing condition. Include a calendar with a month by month maintenance schedule. D. Submit fertilizer receipts showing percent analysis and weight. 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. • 02936-2 891 -021 • B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs. 1.11 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system, utilities, and remainder of site work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AMENDMENTS A. Fertilizer: Provide fertilizer as recommended by soils testing report. A common fertilizer with a typical analysis readily available within 2% is acceptable. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to lawn during initial period of growth; at least 50% of nitrogen to be derived from organic sources. B. Lime: Natural dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates with a minimum of 30% magnesium carbonates, ground so that not less than 90% passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50% passes a 100-mesh sieve. C. Aluminum sulfate: Commercial grade. 2.02 SEED A. Provide fresh, clean, new crop seed complying with tolerance for purity and germination established by Official Seed Analysts of North America. Provide seed mixture composed of grass species, proportions and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentage of weed seed as specified. B. Schedule of grass seed mixtures is attached at end of this section. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Mulch: Oat or wheat straw, reasonably free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life, and in dry condition. B. Hydro: Wood or wood cellulose fiber dyed green, free of growth or germination inhibiting ingredients. • 02936-3 891 -021 C. Establishment Blanket: Uniform, open weave straw blanket as • required by the manufacturer. The following products will be acceptable: 1. Straw Blanket By: North American Green 14649 Highway 41 North Evansville, Indiana 47711 (812) 876-7266 2. Substitutions under the provisions of Section 01600. B. Water: Clean, fresh, and free of substances or matter which would inhibit vigorous growth of grass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SEED BED PREPARATION A. After landscape grading, scarify soil to 6" depth. Till to a homogenous blend. B. Remove debris, stone, wood, weeds, etc. over 3" in any dimension. Remove from site. C. Grade to a uniform slope. Eliminate rills and depressions. 3.02 FERTILIZING AND ADDING AMENDMENTS A. Apply fertilizer and amendments as recommended by soils testing laboratory. B. Apply after seed bed preparation and mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil. • 3.03 SEEDING A. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy periods. B. Drill the seed evenly in two intersecting directions. C. Mulch all seeded areas. Crimp the straw into the soil surface with a roller (4,000 lbs/acre. D. Apply water with fine spray immediately after each area has been sown. E. Do not use wet or moldy seed or seed which is otherwise damaged. • 02936-4 891 -021 • 3.04 HYDROSEEDING A. Apply slurry evenly in two intersecting directions and with hydraulic seeder. Slurry is to apply a minimum of 500 lbs. of mulch per acre. B. Mulch with 1,500 lbs/acre immediately following hydroseeding. C. Do not seed area in excess of that which can be mulched on same day. 3.05 SEED PROTECTION ON SLOPES A. Cover seeded slopes where grade is 3:1 or greater and in determined drainage swales with specified establishment blanket. B. Lay blanket smoothly on soil surface according to manufacturers recommendations. Staple all blanket. 3.06 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintenance Period: Until final acceptance. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting for one year. B. Maintain surfaces and supply additional topsoil where necessary, including areas affected by erosion. C. Water to ensure uniform seed germination and to keep surface of soil damp. D. Apply water slowly so that surface of soil will not puddle and crust. E. Cut grass first time when it reaches height of 2-1/2 inches and maintain to minimum height of 3 inches. Do not cut more than 1/3 of blade at any one mowing. F. After first mowing, water grass sufficient to moisten soil from 3 inches to 5 inches deep. G. Apply weed killer when weeds start developing, according to manufacturers recommendations. H. Promptly replant damaged grass areas showing root growth failure, deterioration, bare or thin spots, and/or eroded areas. Repair all spots 12" in diameter where germination did not occur or where grass is not growing vigorously. • 02936-5 891 -021 3.08 RESTORATION • A. Restore pavement, concrete, grassed areas, planted areas, and structures damaged during execution of work of this Section. B. During work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 3.09 ACCEPTANCE A. Seeded areas will be accepted at end of maintenance period or when seeded areas are properly established and otherwise acceptable. 3.10 GRASS SEED MIX A. Seed Mix: 1. Turf Type Tall Fescue. Blend these varieties: 1 Part Mustanng 1 Part Bonanza 1 Part Arid Seed at 12 lbs/1000 sq. ft. END OF SECTION • 02936-6 891-021 • SECTION 02938 SODDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Fertilizing and adding amendments. B. Laying sod. C. Maintaining sodded areas until acceptance. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control. B. Section 02211 - Rough grading. C. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading. D. Section 02223 - Backfilling. E. Section 02225 - Trenching. F. Section 02226 - Site excavation, Filling and Compaction. G. Section 02936 - Seeding. H. Section 02950 - Trees, Plants & Ground Cover. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASPA (American Sod Producers Association) - Guideline Specifications to Sodding. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work in this section shall be accomplished by a recognized Landscape Contractor with a minimum of 3 years experience. B. Pesticides shall be sprayed only by certified applicators. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Make deliveries under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. 02938-1 891-021 C. Damaged packages are unacceptable. a D. Deliver only the amount of sod that can be installed immediately upon receipt within 12 hours. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with and complete work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations. B. Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. C. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect before proceeding. D. Unless otherwise approved by Architect, install sod after trees, shrubs and ground cover. 1.08 TESTING A. Existing topsoil shall be tested as required by Section 02950 - Trees, Plants, and Ground Cover. Results of this test will be available for review in the office of the Architect. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fertilizer receipt showing analysis and weight. B. Submit, for Architect's approval, seed composition, blend of the sod, and the Nursery where the sod has been grown. 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving and curbs. 1.11 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. • 02938-2 891-021 • B. Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system, utilities, and remainder of site work. C. Install sod immediately upon receipt. Do not store any sod overnight. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AMENDMENTS A. Fertilizer: Provide fertilizer as recommended by soils testing laboratory. A readily available fertilizer with an analysis with 2% of the lab results is acceptable. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to lawn during initial period of growth; at least 50% of nitrogen to be derived from organic sources. B. Lime: Natural dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates with a minimum of 30% magnesium carbonates, ground so that not less than 90% passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50% passes a 100-mesh sieve. C. Aluminum sulfate: Commercial grade. 2.02 SOD A. Grade: Certified grade cultivated grass sod; of a Kentucky Bluegrass blend mixture. B. Thickness of cut: Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform soil thickness of 5/8 inch, plus or minus 1/4 inch, at the time of cutting. Measurement for thickness shall exclude top growth and thatch. C. Pad size: Individual pieces of sod shall be cut to the suppliers standard width and length. Maximum allowable deviation from standard widths and lengths shall be plus or minus 1/2" on width and plus or minus 5% on length. Broken pads and torn or uneven ends will not be acceptable. D. Strength of sod sections: Standard size sections of sod shall be strong enough to support their own weight and retain their size and shape when suspended vertically from a firm grasp on the upper 10% of the section. E. Moisture content: Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet) may adversely affect its survival. F. Sod must be freshly cut and delivered within 8 hours. • 02938-3 891-021 2.03 ACCESSORIES • A. Wooden Pegs: Of sufficient size and length to ensure satisfactory anchorage of sod on slopes. B. Water: Clean, fresh, and free of substances or matter which would inhibit vigorous growth of grass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SEED BED PREPARATION A. After landscape grading, scarify soil to 6" depth. Till to a homogenous blend. B. Remove debris, stone, wood, weeds, etc. over 3" in any dimension. Remove from site. C. Grade to a uniform slope. Eliminate rills and depressions. 3.02 FERTILIZING AND ADDING AMENDMENTS A. Apply fertilizer and amendments as recommended by soils testing laboratory. B. Apply after fine grading and mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil. C. Apply fertilizer within 48 hours before laying sod. 3.03 LAYING SOD A. Lay sod as soon as possible after delivery to prevent deterioration. B. During periods of higher than optimal temperature for species being specified and after all uneveness in the soil surface has been corrected, lightly moisten soil immediately prior to laying the sod. C. Lay first row of sod in a straight line with subsequent rows placed parallel to and tightly against each other. D. Lateral joints shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth and strength. E. Insure that the sod is not stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight. F. On 3:1 or greater slopes, lay sod with staggered joints and secured by tamping, pegging or other approved method. • 02938-4 891 -021 • G. Immediately water sodded areas after installation. Water in sufficient amounts to saturate sod and upper 4 inches of soil. H. After sod and soil have dried sufficiently to prevent damage, roll sodded areas to ensure good bond between sod and soil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities. Ensure rolling equipment weight not over 250 lbs or less than 150 lbs. 3.04 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintenance Period: Until final acceptance. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Mow grass at regular intervals as required to maintain at a maximum height of 3 inches. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at any one mowing. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. Immediately remove heavy clippings after mowing and trimming. B. Water when required and in sufficient quantities to prevent grass and underlying soil from drying out. C. Roll when required to remove minor depressions or irregularities. D. Control growth of weeds. When using herbicides, apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from negligent or improper use of herbicides. E. Immediately repair or replace any areas which show deterioration or bare spots. F. Protect sodded areas with approved warning signs during maintenance period. 3.06 RESTORATION A. Restore pavement, concrete, grassed areas, planted areas, and structures damaged during execution of work of this Section, as approved by the Architect. B. During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 3.07 ACCEPTANCE A. Sodded areas will be accepted at end of maintenance period or when sodded areas are properly established and otherwise acceptable, whichever is longer. END OF SECTION • 02938-5 891 -021 S SECTION 02950 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Install trees, plants, and ground cover. B. Mulch, fertilize, and amend planting soil. C. Maintenance. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01400 - Quality Control. B. Section 02211 - Rough grading. C. Section 02218 - Landscape Grading. D. Section 02223 - Backfilling. E. Section 02225 - Trenching. F. Section 02226 - Site excavation, Filling and Compaction. G. Section 02936 - Seeding H. Section 02938 - Sodding 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z60.1 - Nursery Stock. B. ASTM D2607 - Classification of peats, mosses, humus and related products. C. ASTM D2976 - Standard test method for pH of peat materials. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Nursery: Company specializing in growing and cultivating the plants specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience, licensed by the State of Indiana. B. Work in this section shall be accomplished by a recognized landscape contractor with a minimum of 3 years experience. • 02950-1 891-021 C. Provide for inspection of plant material at nursery by Architects • representative for verifying acceptability of plants. D. At least one of each variety of shrub and tree shall be labeled with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical, common and varietal names. E. Where formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs are shown, select stock for uniform height and spread. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. D. Protect plants until planted. E. Deliver plant life materials immediately prior to placement. Keep plants moist. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Verify that prepared soil are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. C. Beginning to install plant means acceptance of existing conditions. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proceed with and complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of site become available, working within seasonal limitations. B. Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. C. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect before proceeding. D. Plants are to be installed before lawns unless otherwise approved by Architect. 02950-2 891-021 • 1.08 TESTING A. Test topsoil under provisions of Section 01400. B. Test topsoil for fertilizer requirements, organic matter content and pH value. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the written analysis listing the laboratories recommendations for additions of fertilizer and organic matter as well as methods for adjusting pH if required. B. Make submittals in accordance with provisions of section 01300. C. Submit a Maintenance Manual and Calendar to the Architect for review. Include in the Maintenance Manual descriptions of each plant, fertilizer and spraying requirements, pruning techniques and method. Show on the calendar dates to perform maintenance tasks. Include dates for applying mulch, re-edging, spraying for insects or disease, trash removal, fertilizing, pruning, raking, and other maintenance items required for this installation. D. If specified plants are not available, submit proof of non-availability along with proposal for use of equivalent material to Architect. E. Submit samples of mulches to the Architect for approval prior to installation. F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory requirements for fertilizer and herbicide composition and application. Individuals apply pesticides shall be State certified. B. Plant: Certified by state department of Natural Resources free of disease or hazardous insects. • 02950-3 891 -021 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS • A. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below 35 degrees F or above 85 degrees F. B. Do not install plants when wind velocity exceeds 30 mph. C. Spray as directed by the manufacturer. Comply to temperature, rain and wind recommendations. 1.13 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01005. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with installation of underground irrigation system, utilities and remainder of site work. 1.14 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Includes Dandelion, J imsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge, Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Brome Grass. B. Plants: Living trees, plants, and ground cover specified in this Section and described in ANSI Z60.1. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty on work of this Section for a minimum one year including one continuous growing season. Commence warranty on date of final acceptance. B. Warranty: Include coverage of plants from death or unhealthy conditions. C. Replacements: Plants of same size and species as specified, planted in the next growing season, with a new warranty commencing on date of replacement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NURSERIES A. Brehobs. B. Hobbs. 411 02950-4 891-021 C. Maschemeyer. D. Ground Cover Specialists. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.02 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER A. Trees, Plants and Ground Cover: Species and size identifiable in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the work. 2.03 AMENDMENTS A. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. B. Peat: Sphagnum Peat Moss as specified in ASTM D2607. Provide with pH in the range of 5.9 to 7.0 according to ASTM D2976. C. Fertilizer: Provide fertilizer as recommended by soils testing report. Fertilizer of standard composition within a 3 point range of the N-P-K analysis is acceptable. Verify composition with the Architect. D. Lime: Natural dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates with a minimum of 30% magnesium carbonates, ground so that not less than 90% passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50% passes a 100-mesh sieve. E. Aluminum sulfate: Commercial grade. F. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw, finely ground; 4% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. G. Composted Manure: Well rotted, unleached stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25% by volume of straw, sawdust or other bedding materials and containing no chemicals or ingredients harmful to plants. 2.04 MULCHES A. Hardwood Bark: Premium "A" Grade shreaded hardwood bark mulch. B. Stone: 14 washed stone, rounded natural shape, beige color tones. C. Submit samples of mulches to Architect for approval. s 02950-5 891-021 2.05 ACCESSORIES • A. Wrapping Materials: Paper specifically manufactured for tree wrapping purposes. B. Stakes: Softwood lumber with pointed end. C. Cable, Wire, Eye Bolts and Turnbuckles: Non-corrosive, of sufficient strength to withstand wind pressure and plant settlement. D. Plant Protectors: Rubber sleeves over cable to protect plant stems, trunks, and branches. Color is to be earth tone and uniform throughout project. E. Water: Clean, fresh, and free of substances or matter which would inhibit vigorous growth of grass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FERTILIZING AND ADDING AMENDMENTS A. Apply fertilizer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix soil for backfill mix 2 parts topsoil, 1 part manure and 1 part peat moss. 3.02 PLANTING A. Place plants for best appearance. B. Set plants vertical. C. Remove non-biodegradable root containers. D. Set plants in pits or beds, partly filled with prepared topsoil mixture. Loosen burlap, ropes, and wires from the root ball. Peal burlap back from top of soil ball andbury completely. E. Place bare root plant materials so roots lie in a natural position. Maintain plant materials in vertical position. F. Saturate soil with water when the pit or bed is half full of topsoil and again when full. G. Remove from site, excess soil excavated from planting pit. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Apply pre emergence herbicide to all beds and holes. • 02950-6 891-021 • B. Fertilize all plants during installation. C. Place 3" thickness of specified mulch. D. Wrap trunks of 2" caliper and larger trees. 3.04 PLANT SUPPORT A. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes according to the following: Tree Caliper Tree Support Method 1 - 2 inches 2 stakes with two ties 2 - 4 inches 3 guy wires 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Plants will be rejected when ball of earth surrounding roots has been disturbed or damaged prior to or during planting or when branches have been broken to such extent the shape of the plant is unsightly. 3.06 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Maintain plant life immediately after placement until plants are well established and exhibit a vigorous growing condition. Continue maintenance until termination of warranty period. 3.07 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Services: Performed by installer. B. Maintenance to include: 1. Cultivation and weeding plant beds and tree pits. 2. Application of herbicides for weed control in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. 3. Application of pesticides in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage from use of pesticides. 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate root system. • 02950-7 891-021 5. Trimming and pruning, including removal of clippings and dead or • broken branches, and treatment of pruned areas or other wounds. 6. Disease control. 7. Maintaining wrapping, guys, turnbuckles, and stakes. Adjust turnbuckles to keep guy wires tight. Repair or replace accessories when required. 8. Prepare Maintenance Manual and Calendar. Submit manual to Architect for review. Include all work required to maintain vigorous plant growth. Include weeding, mulching, trash removal and all work required to maintain a tidy appearance. 3.08 RESTORATION A. Restore pavement, concrete, grassed areas, planted areas, and structures damaged during execution of work of this Section. B. During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. 3.09 ACCEPTANCE A. Planted areas will be accepted at end of maintenance period. END OF SECTION i 02950-8 891 -021 • SECTION 05521 ALUMINUM RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum pipe and tube railings, and fittings. 1.02 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Anchorages cast in concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. B. ASTM 826 - Aluminum Alloy Sand Castings. C. ASTM 8429 - Aluminum Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. D. AWS D1.2 - Structural Welding Code, Aluminum. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. 2. Indicate component details, materials, finishes, connection and joining methods, and the relationship to adjoining work. 3. Include drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 4. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. 5. Furnish templates and instructions for setting attachments affecting work of other trades. 6. Manufacturing of any materials or the performing of any work before approval of the shop drawings will be entirely at the risk of this Contractor. B. Samples: Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. s 05521-1 891 -021 PART 2 - PRODUCTS • 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Alloy: 6063-T6, extruded. B. Aluminum Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM B429. 1. Nominal I. D. - 1-1/4": 1.66" O. D., minimum wall thickness 0.140". C. Castings: ASTM B26; sound and free from warp, holes, or defects. D. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36. E. Fasteners: Stainless steel or cadmium plated steel. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Provide all supplementary parts necessary to complete each item, though not definitely shown or specified. 1. Anchors conforming to the best practice. 2. Rabbets, lugs, and brackets required for assembly. 3. Steel bar anchors. 4. Pipe sleeve anchors. B. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. C. Make exposed surfaces smooth and ease exposed edges and corners. D. Make exposed joints butt tight and flush. Machine joints to a close fit. E. Conceal fastenings where practicable. F. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water. Provide weep holes where required. G. Form items to shape and size, with sharp lines or angles. H. Shear and punch leaving clean, true lines and surfaces. I. Provide evenly sprung curved work. 4110 05521-2 891 -021 • J . Connections: 1. Weld all connections. 2. Weld continuously along entire line of contact. 3. Grind all exposed welds smooth. K. Separate dissimilar materials with asphaltic bituminous paint. 2.03 FINISHES A. Exterior Aluminum: AA-C22A41, clear anodized. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Compatible with finish of item to be anchored. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Consult with contractors of adjoining work to properly work out all details. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.2. C. Space railing posts at maximum 4'-0" on centers. D. Set pipe sockets in concrete minimum 5" deep, cast with lead or sulphur. END OF SECTION • 05521-3 891-021 • SECTION 10350 FLAGPOLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Supply anchors and fittings for casting into concrete. B. Metal flagpole, halyards, pulleys, and fittings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete: Concrete base construction. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM B221 - Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Spiral wrap flagpole with protective covering and pack in shipping tubes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. American Flagpole, Abingdon, VA. B. Baartol Company, Inc., Kenton, OH. C. Eder Manufacturing Corporation, Milwaukee, WI. D. Morgan-Francis Co., Inc., Waterbury, CT. E. Substitutions: As approved by the Architect. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Type: Ground set, fixed, cone tapered. • B. Nominal Height: 30 ft. (exposed height). 10350-1 891 -021 C. Total Length: 33 ft. , D. Halyard: External type. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6 inch outside diameter at butt, 4 inch outside diameter at top, 3/16 inch wall thickness. B. Ball: Aluminum of 10 inch diameter spun waxed satin finish. C. Foundation Base: Sleeve base, with aluminum flash collar. D. Truck Assembly: Cast aluminum revolving, double sheave, stainless steel ball-bearings, non-fouling. E. Cleats: 9 inch size, aluminum with stainless steel fastenings. F. Halyard: 1112, solid braided nylon. G. Snap Hooks: Chrome plated, 2 per halyard. H. Lightning Ground Rod: 10 foot long copperweld rod, 3/4 inch diameter. I. Lightning Ground Cable: Copper No. 6 AWG stranded, soft drawn. J. Connection Lug: Copper lug welded to pole suitable for copper ground cable connection. K. Asphaltic Paint: Bituminous coating, black color. 2.04 FINISH A. Aluminum: Clear anodized finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify concrete foundation is correctly sized and positioned. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coat portions of flagpole below grade and in contact with dissimilar materials with asphaltic paint. III 10350-2 891 -021 • 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install flagpole, base assembly, and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ground flagpole installations. C. Install foundation plate and centering wedges for flagpole base set in concrete base and fasten. D. Check and adjust installed fittings for smooth operation of halyards. END OF SECTION • 10350-3 891 -021 . SECTION 11481 FIELD EVENT ACCESSORIES PAR I 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Supply manufactured and field assembled marking devices and landing areas. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02513 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Recess for markers. B. Section 02531 - All Weather Surface: Recess for markers. C. Section 02514 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Pads for shot put and discus circles. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, and manufacturers' instructions and product data under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Harry Gill Co., Urbana, Illinois. B. UCS, Incorporated, Orangeburg, NY 10962. C. Substitutions: As approved by the Architect. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood Curbs: Pressure treated lumber, 5-1/2" wide x 1 1 -1/2" deep, with rounded edges. B. Wood Stakes: Pressure treated, 1" x 2". C. Pole Vault Planting Pit: 1. Harry Gill #500, steel vaulting box. 2. UCS #71 1 -1 100 cast aluminum vaulting box. • 11481-1 891 -021 D. Shot Put Circle: • 1. Harry Gill #372, aluminum. 2. UCS #725-2540, aluminum. E. Shot Put Toe Board: 1. Harry Gill #361, fiberglass. 2. UCS #716-1640, wood. F. Long Jump Take-off Board: 1. Harry Gill #441. 2. UCS #519-2100. G. Discus Circle: 1. Harry Gill #370, aluminum. 2. UCS #725-2530, aluminum. H. Long Jump Pit Fill: Approved sand. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify long jump pit excavation is correctly sized and located and ready for curbs and sand fill. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Long Jump Pit: Set curbs and place stakes on the outside 30" O.C. with stake tops 2" below finish grade. Fill with sand. B. Pole Vault Planting Pit: Set in center of runway flush with top of all weather surface. C. Shot Put Circle: Set in concrete pad in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Long Jump Take-Off Board: Set flush with runway with front edge on the scratch line 12' and 8' from the pit at each end of the runway. Securely anchor boards. E. Discus Circle: Set in concrete pad in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 11481-2 891 -021 SECTION 15485 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and Pipe Fittings. B. Valves. C. Natural Gas Piping System. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 - Trenching. B. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. B. ANSI B36.10 - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. C. ANSI/AWS D 1.1 - Structural Welding Code-Steel. D. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black, and Hot-Dipped Galvanized, Welded and Seamless. E. ASTM A120 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black, and Hot-Dipped Galvanized, Welded and Seamless for ordinary uses. F. ASTM A234 - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. G. ASTM B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. H. ASTM B16.39 - Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions. I. ASTM D 2513 - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Piping Systems. J. ASTM D-2774 - Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. K. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. I 15485-1 891 -021 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and install natural gas system in accordance with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code". 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or A 120, Schedule 40 black with polyethylene jacket. Fittings: ASTM A234/ANSI B16.9 buttweld standard weight. Joints: ANSI/AWS D 1.1 welded with heat shrink polyethylene pipe sleeves. B. Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM D2513, SDR 11.5. Fittings: ASTM D2513 socket type. Joints: Fusion Weld. Install per ASTM D2774. 2.02 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or A 120, Schedule 40 black. Fittings: ANSI/ASTM B16.3 malleable iron, or ASTM A234/ANSI B16.9 buttweld standard weight fittings. Joints: Screwed for pipe 2 inches and smaller; ANSI/AWS D1.1 welded for pipe over two inches. 2.03 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; ANSI B16.39. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches: 150 psig forged steel welding neck flanges for ferrous piping; neoprene gaskets for gas service; ANSI B36.10. 2.04 BASIC VALVES A. Gas Section and Shut-off Valves: 1. 2" and smaller - Plug valve. 2. 2-1/2" and larger - Plug valve. • 15485-2 891 -021 2.05 GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fisher Controls, Inc. 2.06 GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES A. Cast iron body, diecast aluminum spring case and lower casing, steel, stainless steel and aluminum internal parts, nitrile diaphragm and valve disc, 125 psig maximum inlet pressure, adjustable outlet pressure. Series 5100 manufactured by Fisher. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever joining dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. C. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints or connected equipment. D. Provide clearance for access to valves and fittings. E. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 2 ft of cover. F. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not prefinished, ready for finish painting. G. Install drip legs in gas piping where indicated, where required by code or regulation, and at bottom of pipe risers. H. Encase pipe installed within five feet of building or below slab in metal or PVC conduit made up with gas tight joints and vent conduit to outside of building. I. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 02225 for work of this Section. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 1111 15485-3 891 -021 K. Provide one plug valve wrench for every ten plug valve sized 2 inches • and smaller, minimum of one. Provide each plug valve sized 2-1/2 inches and larger with a wrench with set screw. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install gas pressure regulating valve with shut-off valve upstream and pipe dedicated atmospheric vent full size to outdoors. 3.05 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new gas service complete with gas meter and regulators. Gas service distribution piping to have initial minimum pressure of 7 inch wg. Provide regulators on each line serving gravity type appliances, sized in accordance with equipment. Coordinate this work and location of meter, etc. with work to be performed in Phase 1B under a separate contract. END OF SECTION • 15485-4 891 -021 • SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16, in addition to Division 0 and Division 1 provisions. 1.02 GENERAL A. The provisions of Division 0 and Division 1 apply to work in this Section, and are part of these specifications. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. The work included in this division of the specifications includes, but is not limited to, all labor, material and equipment to completely install all electrical work throughout the entire project as shown on the Contract Documents. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Control. B. Section 01511 - Temporary Electricity. D. Section 02225 - Trenching. E. Section 02226 - Site Excavation, Filling, and Compacting. F. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 1. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work specified in this Division under the provisions of Division 1. B. Before installing any work, check the drawings for exact dimensions and see that the electrical work does not interfere with clearance required for foundations, finished columns, piping, etc. After work is installed and it develops that interferences occur, which have not been called to the Architect's attention before the installation, this Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as • requested by the Architect. 16010-1 891 -021 i C. The location and arrangement of the various parts of the installation are indicated on the Contract Documents, and all parts shall be installed as approximately shown. Any changes necessary to pass immovable obstructions shall be made by this Contractor without additional cost to the Owner, but under no circumstances shall any sizes be decreased or radical changes in any part of the installation be made without the written consent of the Architect. D. Prior to installation, this Contractor shall issue a print to the other Contractors showing exact location of light fixtures, outlets and supporting devices. 1.07 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. ANSI/IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code. C. NECA - Standards of Installation. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall conform to or exceed the minimum requirements of the current edition of ANSI/NFPA 70 with State of Indiana amendments, ANSI/IEEE C2, and all federal, state, local and municipal ordinances. This Contractor shall comply with the directions of all properly appointed authorities having jurisdiction. B. Installations shown on plans or required herein that exceed the minimum requirements of the ANSI/NFPA 70 or other regulations shall be installed as indicated. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Four copies, plus the number of copies this Contractor desires to have returned, of shop drawings shall be submitted on materials and equipment for the principal portions of the project. This shall include, but not be limited to, safety switches, fuses, wiring devices and device cover plates, light fixtures and light fixture ballasts. B. Shop drawings shall be on 8-1/2" x 11" size sheets or folded to 8-1/2" x 11" size for ease in storage. C. Four copies of conduit rough-in drawings shall be submitted to the Architect by this Contractor before starting construction. These rough-in drawings shall include site plans, grounding, junction boxes, home runs to panels, incoming service, and other sub-systems as applicable. These drawings shall be of the same scale and sheet size as the contract drawings. • 16010-2 891 -021 • D. One set of reproducible as-built drawings, and two (2) blue line prints shall be submitted to the Architect by this Contractor before final payment. These drawings shall show site plans, conduit runs for grounding, junction boxes, home runs to panels, incoming service, and other sub-systems, as applicable. These drawings shall be of the same scale and sheet size as the contract drawings, shall carry this Contractor's signed stamp and shall be labeled "AS-BUILT" and dated. 1.10 CUTTING, PATCHING, DAMAGE, AND MUTILATION A. Cuts made into or penetration made through fire rated walls, floors, and ceilings shall be properly patched and repaired to maintain their proper fire rating. B. All undue or untimely mutilation of masonry, plaster and other finished surfaces around conduit, equipment, etc., done by this Contractor shall be repaired by the proper Contractor and paid for by this Contractor. C. This Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the work of the other Contractors or to the building and its contents caused by equipment installed by him. D. The finish of any item that has been marred, scratched or damaged in any way by this Contractor shall be repaired and repainted at the expense of this Contractor, and to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.11 CONCRETE WORK A. All concrete shown on the structural and/or architectural drawings are by the General Contractor. Any pads not shown that are required by the Electrical Contractor shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor in accordance with the following: 1. Concrete work shall be done only by experienced cement finishers, and not by electricians. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, all concrete work shall conform to Section 02570. 1.12 MATERIAL STORAGE A. All materials shall be protected from damage, and stored indoors at all times, unless other storage arrangements are approved by the Architect. B. This Contractor shall keep materials stored in such manner so as not to interfere with the process of the work of other Contractors or with the operation of existing facilities. • 16010-3 891 -021 1.13 MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS • A. The Architect reserves the sole right for the approval of proposed material or equipment, and the phrase "or an approved equal" used in these specifications, or on the drawings, shall be interpreted to mean an equal approved by the Architect. 1.14 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide temporary electricity and lighting under provisions of Sections 01500, 01511 and 01512. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials shall be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., if a standard has been established by that agency for the type of material. B. All materials of the same type or class shall be the product of one manufacturer. For example, all panelboards shall be from the same manufacturer, all lighting switches from the same manufacturer, etc. C. Materials shall also comply with all applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association, National Electrical Safety Code, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Edison Electrical Institute, American Insurance Association, National Board of Fire Underwriters, National Fire Protection Association, National Safety Council, National Bureau of Standards, the National Electrical Code and the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Such standards are hereby made a part of these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install work using procedures defined in NECA Standards of Installation. B. All work shall present a neat mechanical appearance when completed. All methods and techniques of installation shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. • 16010-4 891 -021 i 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. This Contractor shall do any and all excavation and backfill necessary in the construction of his particular part of the work as included in these specifications. He shall provide all sheeting and bracing using proper materials which may, in the opinion of the Architect, be necessary for the protection of foundations and walls of the building. B. All surplus earth shall be removed from the premises or disposed of on the premises as requested by the Architect and Owner. C. All trenches, when backfilled, shall be filled in layers not exceeding 12" thick and the fill shall be thoroughly wet, tamped and mounded to allow for settlement. D. All backfill installed by this Contractor below floor slabs and below paved areas shall be an approved grade of sand or bank run gravel. E. Where conduit passes below footings or through foundation walls, the cavity around the conduit must be well filled, by this Contractor, with rich concrete composed of one part Portland cement to six parts of clean sand and gravel, and tamped or vibrated. F. At his option, this Contractor may install conduit, etc., in advance of earth fills by the General Contractor. All such conduit shall be installed with backfill material adjacent to the conduit and with the compaction requirements as specified under Section 02225 and Section 02226. 3.03 RESPONSIBILITY A. This Contractor's responsibility shall not end with the installation and/or connection of the various apparatus. He shall provide electricians to properly adjust the various electrical devices, make the required tests, etc., until such time as the entire electrical installation functions properly in every detail. B. No energized conductors shall be exposed at any time except when the immediate area is under the direct supervision of a qualified electrician. Only Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., approved tools, shall be used at the project. • 16010-5 891 -021 3.04 ACCESSIBILITY A. This Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the contract drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which involve extra cost shall not be made without the approval of the Architect. B. Ample space shall be allowed for removal of all parts that may require replacement or service in the future. C. This Contractor shall extend all grease fittings to an accessible location. END OF SECTION 411 16010-6 891 -021 . SECTION 16111 CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit. B. Tubing. C. Fittings and conduit bodies. D. Sleeves. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02570 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. B. Section 16010 - Basic Electrical Requirements. C. Section 16130 - Boxes. D. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. E. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices. F. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. C. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. NECA "Standard of Installation." E. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). G. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use With Rigid PVC Conduit. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70. • 16111-1 891 -021 1.05 SUBMITTALS • A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01300 and 16010. B. Product Data: Provide for products furnished. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purposes specified and shown. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C. Conduit routing shown on drawings is in approximate location unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Conduit: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2. Republic Steel. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. • 16111-2 891 -021 • B. Fittings: 1. Appleton Electric Company. 2. Crouse-Hinds. 3. Raco, Inc. 4. Steel City/American Electric. 5. Thomas & Betts. 6. O-Z/Gedney. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Metal Conduit: ANSI C80.1; hot-dipped, galvanized steel with galvanized threads. B. Metal Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB-1; galvanized steel; threaded, compression or set screw type. Indentor, friction and diecast type are not permitted. 2.03 FLEXIBLE AND LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Anaconda American Brass Company. 2. Electri-Flex Company. 3. General Cable. 4. Triangle PWC, Inc. B. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Anaconda American Brass Company. 2. Electri-Flex Company. C. Fittings: 1. Appleton Electric Company. 2. Hubbell, Inc.. 3. Raco, Inc. • 4. Thomas & Betts. 5. Steel City/American Electric. 6. O-Z/Gedney. 16111-3 891 -021 • 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Flexible Metal Conduit: Interlocked galvanized steel construction. B. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Interlocked galvanized steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB-1. UL listed for grounding. 2.05 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Carlon, A Lamson & Sessions Company. B. Certainteed Corp.. 2.06 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Conduit: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 heavy wall rigid PVC. B. Fittings: NEMA TC 3. 2.07 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Flexible Non-Metallic Conduit: 1. Carlon, A Lamson & Sessions Company. 2. Electri-Flex Company. B. Fittings: 1. Carlon, A Lamson & Sessions Company. 2. Kellems/Hubbell, Inc. 3. Thomas & Betts. 2.08 SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS A. Iron Pipe Size (IPS) steel pipe or rigid metal conduit. 2.09 MATERIAL SELECTION A. Minimum conduit size 3/4 inch diameter. Conduit sized on basis of utilizing THW wire. B. Use rigid metal conduit and threaded type couplings unless otherwise indicated. • 16111-4 891 -021 • C. Non-metallic conduit (PVC) may be used below grade outside of the building, except for the portion within 60 inches of exterior walls and vertical risers within 6 inches of the underside of slabs. Use threaded PVC adaptors or fittings for connection between PVC and conduit. D. Flexible Conduit: 1. Use flexible metal conduit in dry locations for connections to light fixtures, motors, and other equipment requiring adjustment or subject to vibration. 2. Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit in damp and wet locations for connections to light fixtures, motors, and other equipment requiring adjustment or subject to vibration. 3. Minimum size to be 1/2 inch diameter, except 3/8 inch diameter may be used for light fixture and control wiring connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation" and manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not install damaged conduit. C. Install conduit concealed in all areas except mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, boiler rooms, connections to motors, and connections to surface cabinets. D. Coordinate installation of conduit in masonry work. Do not install conduit horizontally in masonry walls. E. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. F. Route conduit to avoid structural, mechanical, and plumbing obstructions, minimizing crossovers. G. Route conduits installed above ground floor slab parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Conduits installed below ground floor slab may be routed from point to point. I. Maximum length of straight conduit runs is 200 feet between pullboxes with 50 feet deducted for each 90 degree bend. Calculate reduction of length for all other angle bends utilizing the same reduction ratio. • 16111-5 891-021 J. When the conduit is to contain coaxial cable or wire smaller than 14 • AWG, use long sweep radius bends for conduit larger than 3/4 inch and for conduit runs exceeding 75 feet without a pullbox. K. Cut conduit ends square. Ream all cut conduit and tubing to remove all burrs. L. Install underground conduit located outside the building area a minimum of 30 inches below finished grade. M. Encase non-metallic conduits in concrete to form a three inch wall around such conduits or group of conduits when installed underground in readily accessible areas such as grass plots, stone paved and non-paved areas. Encompass all other underground conduit or group of conduits in six (6) inches of sand fill. N. Route conduit in 6 inches of drainage fill when installed beneath the bottom of the ground floor slab. O. Do not install conduit in concrete slabs. P. Encase the bends of all below grade conduit risers in concrete to prevent the conduit from lifting when the cables are pulled. Q. Insert conduit and tubing to shoulder of fittings. Securely tighten fittings to assure an effective and continuous path to ground through the conduit system. R. Install UL approved expansion fittings complete with bonding jumpers where conduits cross building expansion joints. S. Moisture traps are not permissible. Provide junction box with rodent-resistant drain at low points in conduit system. T. Where underground conduit enters the building in below grade areas, provide junction box with rodent-resistant drain on the inside wall at the point of conduit entry. U. Provide sleeves for conduits and other electrical items passing through structural building and foundation walls. Install sleeves flush with finished surfaces. 1. Fill cavity around outside of sleeves with concrete under the provisions of Section 02570. • 16111-6 891 -021 • 2. For sleeve penetrations through non-rated walls, caulk the space between the sleeve and conduits and other electrical items passing through sleeves with non-staining, waterproof gun grade compound to prevent the flow of moisture through the walls. Apply caulking compound by the gun method using nozzles of proper size to fit the void to be filled. Prepare the area for caulking by packing it tightly with a resilient foam or rope yarn. V. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190. W. Plug ends of conduit to prevent entry of dirt or moisture. Clean out conduit before installation of conductor. X. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. Y. Seal conduit at each end with Presstite 578.2 Permagum, as manufactured by United Technologies Automotive, St. Louis, Missouri, where conduits leave heated areas and enter unheated areas, where air may flow continuously in conduits, or where conduit is installed with possible access for rodents. Z. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195. AA. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170. AB. Provide grounding conductor for entire length of each installation of non-metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, and liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit, except light fixture and control wiring connections, to maintain grounding continuity between equipment and conduit system. END OF SECTION • 16111-7 891 -021 • SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wires and cables (600 volts and less). 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cablec Corp., New City, New York. B. Okonite Co., Ramsey, New Jersey. C. Rome Cable Corp., Rome, New York. D. Triangle Industries Inc./Triangle - PWC, Inc., New Brunswick, New J ersey. 2.02 MATERIALS A. All Wire: 98 percent conductivity copper, manufactured within the last two years, 600 volt insulation. 8 AWG or larger conductors stranded. Conductor smaller than 12 AWG not permitted except 14 AWG may be used for control for current less than 10 amps and wire length less than 50 feet. B. Insulated Wire: Type THW, THWN, THHN, XHHW. C. Wire Within Ballast Compartment of Lighting Fixtures: 90 degree C, 14 AWG minimum; types per NFPA 70. • 16120-1 891-021 PART 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Make conductor length for parallel feeders identical. B. Lace or clip groups of feeder conductors together at distribution centers and pullboxes. C. Provide copper grounding conductors and straps. D. Install wire and cable in code conforming raceway. E. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling No. 4 AWG and larger wire at pull-in point of the conduit. For feeder runs over 200 feet in length, measure pulling tension using a dynamometer. Do not exceed manufacturers recommendations. F. Install wire in conduit runs after moisture is swabbed from conduits. G. Splice only in accessible junction or outlet boxes. Connect conductors 8 AWG and smaller with compression connectors or wire nuts. Connect conductors 6 AWG and larger with compression or by-dent type connectors. H. Color code all conductors to designate neutral conductor and phase. Utilize different color coding for 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire and for 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire. Color code all phase conductors larger than 8 AWG and all grounded (neutral) conductors larger than 6 AWG by a strip around the conductor at all junctions, pull boxes and terminating points. I. Grouping of feeders in raceway system is not permitted. J. Run feeders continuously without splices. END OF SECTION • 16120-2 891-021 • SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Outlet boxes. B. Pullboxes. C. J unction boxes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Appleton Electric Company, Chicago, Illinois. B. Electrical Products Division of Midland-Ross Corporation, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. C. General Electric Company, Wellesley, Massachusetts. D. Raco Inc., South Bend, Indiana. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Outlet Boxes: Hot dip galvanized, 1.25 oz. per sq. ft., or cadmium plated; conform to UL requirements. B. Interior Outlet Boxes: Pressed sheet galvanized steel with knockouts for conduit, and 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. • 16130-1 891-021 C. For Ceiling: 4 inch octagonal outlet boxes for receiving three or less • 3/4 inch conduits. D. For Flush Mounting Outlet Boxes in Walls: Boxes with matching plaster cover for single or two gang outlets. For larger boxes use solid type or special units. In masonry, use deep boxes. E. Surface Mounted Outlet Boxes: 4 inch square. F. Pullboxes and J unction Boxes: Metal construction, conforming to NFPA 70, with screw-on or hinged cover. G. Flush Mounted Pullboxes: Provide overlapping covers with flush-head cover retaining screws, prime coated. H. Corrosive Atmospheres: Provide boxes and covers with corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere in which they are installed. I. Exterior and Wet or Damp Location Boxes: Cast aluminum or galvanized cast iron box and cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws, UL listed as rain-tight, and NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount outlet boxes flush in areas other than mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, storage room etc., and above removable ceilings. B. Adjust position of outlets in finished masonry walls to suit masonry course lines. Locate boxes in the top of masonry units centered in unit cells. Coordinate cutting of masonry walls to achieve neat openings for boxes. Use rotary cutting equipment to cut masonry work for installation of electrical fittings. C. Do not install boxes back-to-back in same wall. D. Do not use sectional or handy boxes unless specifically requested. E. For boxes mounted in exterior walls, ensure there is insulation behind outlet boxes to prevent condensation in boxes. 16130-2 891-021 • F. Locate pullboxes and junction boxes above removable ceilings or in electrical, mechanical, storage rooms, etc., wherever possible. G. When junction boxes are located above inaccessible ceilings, locate the box approximately one foot from a recessed fluorescent light fixture to allow access to junction boxes by removal of the fixture. END OF SECTION • 16130-3 891 -021 • SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INDLUDES A. Receptacles. B. Plate covers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16130 - Boxes. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. C. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide UL approved devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 and Section 16010. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Arrow Hart Division, Copper Industries, Charlottesville, VA. B. Bryant Electric, A Division of, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Bridgeport, Connecticut. C. General Electric Company, Warwick, Rhode Island D. Harvey Hubbell Inc., Bridgeport, Connecticut. E. Pass & Seymour Inc., Syracuse, New York. F. Bell Electric Company, Chicago, Illinois, (Weatherproof plates only). • 16140-1 891 -021 2.02 RECEPTACLES i A. Standard Duplex Receptacles: Full gang size, polarized, parallel blade, U-grounding slot, specification grade, nylon face, rated at 15 amperes, 125 volts, designed for split feed service. B. Other Straight Blade Receptacles: Hubbell numbers shown are for identification purposes only. NEMA Reference Hubbell Number Single phase: 5-15R (15A, 125V Duplex) 5262-GRY 5-20R (20A, 125V Duplex) 5362-GRY 6-20R (20A, 250V Duplex) 5462-GRY C. Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI) Receptacles: Rated 120 volt, three-wire, single phase, 15 amperes, ground leakage current sensitivity 5 milliamperes and a built-in test circuit for periodic checking of GFI circuitry. Hubbell GF-5262-GRY. D. Color: Provide gray receptacles. 2.03 PLATE COVERS A. Weatherproof: Die cast aluminum, primed with gray enamel, furnished complete with four-screw FS box mounting, hinge arrangement controlled by stainless steel springs, and furnished complete with neoprene gasket. 2.04 PLATE COVER TYPES A. Exterior and Other Wet Locations: Weatherproof, four-screw FS box mounting plate for all switches and receptacles. Bell #2365, Hubbell 115221, or Pass & Seymour #4504 (vertical duplex receptacle); Bell ##2367, Hubbell #WPFS26, or Pass & Seymour #4512 (vertical GFI receptacles). B. Where two-gang boxes are required for single gang devices, provide special plates with device opening in one gang and blank second gang. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - RECEPTACLES A. Mount receptacles vertically at 20 inches above finished floor to the top of the box, unless otherwise noted. • 16140-2 891 -021 • B. Confer with Architect and Owner to obtain exact location of each outlet before any conduit is installed. The Owner reserves the right to change any outlet location without extra cost, when the change is made before installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION - PLATE COVERS A. Install coverplates on all wiring devices. B. Provide 1/8 inch engraved lettering or embossed plastic for receptacles other than standard duplex 15 or 20 ampere, 125 volt receptacles indicating voltage, phase and amperes. END OF SECTION 11/ 16140-3 891-021 • SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Power system grounding. B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16120 - Wires and Cables. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide complete grounding system in accordance with NFPA 70 and as supplemented by this specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION 2.01 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Utilize the conduit installation as the equipment grounding means with double bonding locknuts and insulated bushings between all conduit and equipment. B. Utilize ground wedges at all boxes and equipment enclosures where required to insure proper ground connections for the conduit system. C. Where conduit is used for mechanical protection of a grounding conductor, securely bond the conductor to the conduit at each end. 2.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Check the continuity of ground in the electrical system including all conduit, raceways, and other electrically operated devices. Provide additional grounding conductors if continuity does not exist until continuity exists. • END OF SECTION 16170-1 891-021 • SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Fastening hardware. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. B. Division 16 sections. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size, shape, and location of concrete pads with Section 02570. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring, which they carry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Racks and Supports: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Globe Metal Products Division, USG Industries, Inc. 3. Kindorf/American Electric. 4. Unistrut Corp. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Support Channel: Galvanized for outdoors and harsh atmospheres, and galvanized or painted steel for all other locations. • 16190-1 891-021 PART 3 - EXECUTION • 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts. END OF SECTION • 16190-2 891 -021 i SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical equipment identification systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Identify all new electrical equipment with engraved, laminated bakelite tags, except utilize engraving or black Dymo tape for manual starters, light switches and receptacles. B. Marking Tape: 3-M, Scotch 35, vinyl plastic electrical tape. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.01 MARKING A. Identify all new panels, inside the door, with panel designation, voltage and feeder, e.g. "Panel "1L2", 120/208 Volts, Feeder MDP-1" B. Identify all new disconnect switches with electrical device number, name and number of device controlled and circuit number, e.g. "MS-1, Air Handling Unit 1, Circuit 1L1-24". C. Identify all new receptacles, on the inside of the cover plate, with the panel circuit number. 3.02 COLOR CODING A. Provide color bands three-fourths (3/4") inch wide for conduits up to two inches in diameter and one-half the conduit diameter for larger conduits, applied at panel and pullbox locations, within each room, and 50 ft on centers within an area. B. Color Banding: 1. 120/208 Volt: Blue. 2. 277/480 Volt: Orange. • 16195-1 891 -021 3. Fire Alarm: Red. , 4. Telephone: White. 5. Intercommunication and Sound: Yellow. 6. Television: Brown. END OF SECTION • 16195-2 891 -021 • SECTION 16440 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide motor and circuit disconnects. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. - Annual Product Directories. B. NEMA - Classification of Standard Types of Non-ventilated Enclosures for Electric Controllers. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NFPA 70 and to applicable inspection authority. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300 and 16010. B. Include outline drawings with dimensions, equipment ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short circuit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler-Hammer. B. General Electric Co. C. I-T-E Electrical Products. D. Square D Company. E. Westinghouse Electric Corporation. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Motor and circuit disconnects shall have an Underwriters' Laboratory label. SB. Single Phase Disconnect Switches: Single pole toggle switch, horsepower rated and proper voltage and current rating. 16440-1 891 -021 C. Non-Fusible Safety Switches: One, two or three pole as required, • heavy duty type with quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, horsepower rated, and proper voltage and current ratings. D. Fusible Safety Switches: Same as non-fusible safety switches with 200,000 amperes short circuit current rating, and equipped with Class R or Class L rejection features on the fuseholders. E. Enclosures: NEMA 1 for indoor use, NEMA 3 for outdoor use or as indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install motor and circuit disconnect as recommended by manufacturer and as required by Code. B. Mount safety switches 60 inches above finished grade to the top of the enclosure. END OF SECTION • 16440-2 891 -021 • SECTION 16478 LOW VOLTAGE CARTRIDGE FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Supply and installation of low voltage cartridge fuses (600 Volts or less). 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16440 - Disconnect Switches. B. Section 16530 - Site Lighting. C. Section 16540 - Sports Lighting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated (UL) listed and labeled fuses. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data on all fuses under provisions of Section 01300 and 16010 prior to ordering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bussman Division, McGraw-Edison Co. B. Gould, Inc., Electric Fuse Division, Chase-Shawmut Products. C. Reliance Fuse Division, Brush Fuses, Inc. 2.02 FUSES - GENERAL A. Dimensions and rejection features exactly as defined in the section. Fuses having any other type rejection features are unacceptable. III 16478-1 891 -021 B. Capable of interrupting the available fault without rupturing or • damaging fuse clips, buswork, cable or switching components. C. Safely contain within the insulated barrel of the fuse, all smoke, carbon and other harmful by-products of the fault. D. Fuses 600 Amperes or Less: Underwriters' Laboratories Class R, rejection type with time current characteristics as defined by Underwriters' Laboratories. 2.03 EXTERIOR POLE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND BALLASTS FUSES A. Provide fuse protection for each individual exterior pole mounted light fixture and/or ballast. B. Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated listed for 100,000 amperes RMS interrupting capacity. C. Bussman Limitron type KTK, Reliance type MCL, or Shawmut Amp-trap ATM. D. Utilize Bussman type HEB waterproof in-the-line fuse holder for pole mounted lighting fixture and ballast fuses.> 2.04 SPARE FUSES A. Furnished to the Owner. B. 20 percent or a minimum of 3 of all fuses, including control circuit fuses, of each ampere and voltage rating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses after the installations, tests and inspections have been completed. B. Do not install fuses with rejection features other than those defined in this section. C. Install exterior pole mounted light fixture fuses in fuse holders located in a hand hole at the base of the pole. D. Install football field light fixture fuses in fuse holders located in a weatherproof, hinged junction box at the base of the pole. END OF SECTION • 16478-2 891 -021 • SECTION 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Lamps. B. Ballasts. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16120 - Wire and Cables. C. Section 16130 - Boxes. D. Section 16530 - Site Lighting. E. Section 16540 - Sports Lighting. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data, and manufacturer's descriptive literature under provisions of Sections 01300 and 16010 indicating pertinent physical characteristics. B. If requested by the Architect, provide complete photometric data and heat dissipation reports from independent testing laboratory. C. If requested by the Architect, provide a sample of light fixtures with shop drawing submittal for approval. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide ballasts that meet standards of an electrical testing laboratory and the Certified Ballasts Manufacturers' Association. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers as indicated on fixture schedules. • 16510-1 891 -021 2.02 LIGHTING FIXTURES; GENERAL • A. Exterior Fixtures: Weatherproof with UL label for wet and damp locations. 2.03 LAMPS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric Company, Lamp Division. B. GTE Sylvania, Inc., Sylvania Lighting Equipment. 2.04 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) LAMPS A. Exterior Use: Clear, rated for exterior use. B. Metal Halide: 1. Enclosed Fixtures: Metalarc as manufactured by General Electric or Sylvania. 2.05 SPARE LAMPS A. Furnished to the Owner. B. HID Lamps: 1 of each size and type. • 2.06 BALLASTS - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Advance Transformer Co. B. General Electric Co., Ballast Product Division. C. Harvey Hubbell Inc. D. Universal Manufacturing Corp. E. North American Philips Lighting Corp. 2.07 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS A. Constant wattage, auto transformer type, minimum power factor of 90 percent, potted for maximum heat transfer and low noise level, rated for -20 degrees C, and voltage as indicated. B. Each ballast to be used for one lamp. C. For each remotely mounted ballast, provide primary protection by a remote fuse sized by the manufacturer. i 16510-2 891 -021 • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LIGHTING FIXTURES - INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures are indicated in their approximate locations and may be relocated as requested by the Architect without additional charge to the Owner. B. Install all fixtures plumb and level. 3.02 LAMPS AND BALLASTS - INSTALLATION A. Install lamps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and prior to final punch inspection. B. Provide ballasts of compatible design to lamps specified. END OF SECTION • 16510-3 891 -021 • SECTION 16530 SITE LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior luminaires more than 5 feet beyond building. B. Poles and standards. C. Complete pole bases. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. B. Section 16111 - Conduit. C. Section 16120 - Wire and Cables. D. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. E. Section 16478 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. F. Section 16510 - Lighting Fixtures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300 and 16010. B. Submit performance data for luminaires. C. Submit shop drawings for luminaires and poles showing pertinent physical characteristics. D. Submit three copies of layout drawings showing dimensional location of all poles, conduit routing and wire size for approval prior to installing any poles, bases, conduit or wire. E. Submit one reproducible and three copies of layout drawing showing manufacturers point by point footcandle levels, average footcandles and maximum to minimum ratios. 16530-1 891 -021 PART 2 - PRODUCTS • 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Luminaire manufacturers indicated on fixture schedule. B. Pole Manufacturers: 1. Same manufacturer as luminaire manufacturer. 2. Union Metal. 3. Miller Bernd. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Provide luminaires complete with gaskets forming weatherproof assembly. B. Provide low temperature ballasts. C. Color and Finish: Finish as selected by the Architect. 2.03 POLES A. Round tapered steel, height as indicated on the drawings with handhole at the base of the pole and slip fitters Color and finish to match luminaire exactly. 2.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Provide a minimum of four anchor bolts per pole; minimum diameter of one inch, minimum length of 36 inches with 3 inch right angle bend on one end and 6 inch of thread on the other end. Provide flat washers, lock washers, and hexagonal nuts for each pole. B. Provide bolt circle template for proper placement of anchor bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 BASES FOR METAL POLES A. Construct of concrete with minimum dimensions indicated on detail. Verify proper size for soil type encountered at site and with pole manufacture before construction. B. Install anchor bolts with 6 inch projection above top of bases. • 16530-2 891 -021 • C. Provide base bolt covers for all poles. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mount metal poles on base plumb and true, utilizing shims as necessary. B. Install underground wiring in conduit with watertight connections. Refer to Section 16111. END OF SECTION • 16530-3 891 -021 SECTION 16540 SPORTS LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Football/Track Field luminaires. B. Installation of Football/Track Field poles and standards. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02570 - Exterior Concrete. B. Section 16111 - Conduit. C. Section 16120 - Wire and Cables. D. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. E. Section 16478 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. F. Section 16510 - Lighting Fixtures and Accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Sections 01300 and 16010. B. Submit performance data for luminaires. C. Submit shop drawings for luminaires and poles showing pertinent physical characteristics. D. Submit three copies of layout drawings showing dimensional location of all poles, conduit routings and wire size for approval prior to installing any poles, bases, conduit or wire. E. Submit three copies of layout drawing showing fixture arrangement for each of the six poles; also include a computer run point by point calculations showing the system performance beam spread for each fixture and aiming charts. F. Submit full design calculations of stresses and deflections based on the effective projected areas of all light fixtures, service platforms and poles, and local wind velocity of 100 mph with 1.3 gust factor for metal poles. 16540-1 891 -021 G. The design of light poles (poles, bases, and anchor bolts) are to be 1111 certified by a Structural Engineer registered in the State of Indiana. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers indicated on Fixture Schedule. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Provide high-efficiency floodlights with 1500 watt metal halide lamps. B. Provide permanent mold aluminum alloy, sealed and watertight housing with integrally cast heat dissipating fins, built-in aiming device and gasketed side access plate for lamp access. C. Provide high purity anodized reflector with secondary internal reflector element to reflect high angle rays back into beam for high beam utilization. D. Provide heat resistant, spring loaded porcelain sockets to maintain positive contact, prevent breakage, and assure precise photometric alignment. E. Provide a 7/32" tempered glass lens held by a die-cast aluminum frame and factory sealed to the housing by an extruded silicon gasket, heavy duty cast aluminum lens retainer, and stainless steel screws. F. Provide a heavy duty cast aluminum cross arm bracket for 2" slip fitter mounting permitting horizontal adjustment, and a heavy duty cast aluminum yoke with vertical degree aiming quadrants on either side of floodlight. G. Provide a separate but integral ballast housing providing efficient heat dissipation and preventing lamp and ballast heat from combining. H. Provide ballasts rated for -20 degrees Celsius. 2.03 POLES A. Provide 100' high, hot dipped galvanized steel poles. B. Provide a hot dipped galvanized steel crossarms and service platform with minimum rack space for light fixtures. C. Provide pole steps and one safety climbing cable with stainless steel follower and brake and a safety belt. • 16540-2 891 -021 D. Provide a handhole at the base of each pole. 2.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Provide a minimum of six anchor bolts per pole; minimum diameter of two inches, minimum length of 96 inches with 18 inch right angle bend on one end and 8 inches of thread on the other end. Provide flat washers, lock washers, and hexagonal nuts for each pole. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 BASES FOR METAL POLES A. Provide concrete base of sufficient size to support the pole, service platform, mounting rack and light fixtures in the type of soil encountered at the site. B. Install anchor bolts with an 8 inch projection above top of base. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mount metal poles on base plumb and true, utilizing shims as necessary. B. Install underground wiring in conduit with watertight connections. Refer to Section 16111. C. Provide grounding and lightning protection. 3.03 FOOTCANDLE LEVELS A. Aim the football/track lights according to manufacturer's instructions to achieve the following minimum illumination performance based on 104 - 1500 watt metal halide lamps with 155,000 initial lamps lumens: 1. Average initial horizontal footcandle level at three feet above the playing surface of 50 footcandles. 2. Maximum initial horizontal footcandle level at three feet above the playing surface of 57 footcandles. 3. Minimum initial horizontal footcandle level at three feet above the playing surface of 49.5 footcandles. 4. Maximum/minimum ratio of horizontal footcandle level at three feet above the playing surface of 1.15. 5. Average/minimum ratio of horizontal footcandle level at three feet above the playing surface of 1.05. END OF SECTION 16540-3